<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=UE-InfoVis0910+0625941</id>
	<title>InfoVis:Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=UE-InfoVis0910+0625941"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/wiki/Special:Contributions/UE-InfoVis0910_0625941"/>
	<updated>2026-05-31T15:02:07Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23913</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23913"/>
		<updated>2010-01-06T16:23:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe4.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 4]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu erstellende Visualisierung ===&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
* Stammbaum der Nachkommen von Lisa und Bart Simpson*&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
...Visualisierung der Nachkommen von Lisa Simpson sowie der Nachkommen von Bart Simpson. Dabei sollen  zwei Stammbäume entstehen - einer von Bart und einer von Lisa - die dann miteinander verglichen werden können. Zuerst kommen Lisa und Bart, dann deren Kinder, ihre Enkel, etc. (mind 4 Generationen). Da es noch keine Nachkommen gibt, können diese frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll folgende Informationen darstellen:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse (zumindest Eltern-Kinder),&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Unterscheidung zwischen Blutsverwandtschaft und angeheirateten Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Geburts- und Todestag sowie Lebensdauer von allen Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- wichtige Ereignisse im Leben jedes Familienmitglieds (z.B., Anzeigen, Gefängnisaufenthalte, Schulzeit, Studienzeit, Nobelpreise, Arbeitslosigkeit etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Zufriedenheit jedes Familienmitglieds (Skala: sehr niedrig - niedrig - mittel - hoch - sehr  hoch); kann sich im Laufe des Lebens ändern.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll die interaktive Auseinandersetzung mit den Daten ermöglichen.&lt;br /&gt;
Verpflichtend:&lt;br /&gt;
Möglichkeiten zum besseren Vergleich von einzelnen Abschnitten der Stammbäume bzw. Vergleich von Ausschnitten aus Lisas und Barts Stammbäumen.&lt;br /&gt;
+ mind. 2 weitere Interaktionsmöglichkeiten (z.B., Details on Demand, Filteroptionen)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Allgemein:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Daten sollen zur Analyse von Zusammenhängen zwischen Familienverhältnissen, wichtigen Ereignissen und Zufriedenheit visualisiert werden (die Anwendungsgebiets- und Zielgruppenanalyse kann kurz gehalten werden).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die bisher erlernten Design-Prinzipien sollen umgesetzt werden z.B.: Optimierung der Data-ink ratio (keine Comics!), visuelle Attribute (Größe, Farbe, Position, etc.) sollen sinnvoll eingesetzt werden (Information darstellen).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Mockups sollten zumindest 1) die beiden Stammbäume im Überblick  und 2) eine detaillierte Vergleichsansicht von 2 Teil-Stammbäumen wiedergeben.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Alle nicht angeführten Daten können frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== analysis == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== application area ===&lt;br /&gt;
This graph is about family-tree visualization, where parents-children connections should be shown. It should not just be about family relations, but also be about individual happenings and feelings. The family tree should visualize hierarchical structures. &lt;br /&gt;
As already mentioned the tree should not only contain family relations, but also individual content and most important is, that the tree should be interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
* show detail information of a person, if demanded&lt;br /&gt;
* enable detailed comparisons of a section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== dataset ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is a nominal data because it cannot be ordered in a meaningful way. Both genders are equivalent. Additionally, the gender is a binary value (being male or female).&lt;br /&gt;
* The date of birth and death are ordinal values, because of the chronological order. In reality continual, we simplified the modelling by leaving out the time of birth. So are only discrete values are possible. &lt;br /&gt;
* The contentedness of a person is a discrete value, there are three different values possible (good, neutral, bad). It is 2-dimensional, because the contentedness is dependent on the time (what makes it temporal too) and of the value (good, bad, neutral).&lt;br /&gt;
* Important happenings are temporal, because they change by time. &lt;br /&gt;
* Text data like first and last name is a nominal value.&lt;br /&gt;
* The family tree itself has a hierarchical data, the ancestors are on top and are followed by their children, grand children etc. Relations of the same generation (partners, siblings) are shown on the same level. The hierarchy is shown implicitly, no extra hint is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== target group ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the main target group are descendants, who want to know more about their ancestors and not just who they are / were, but it could be also interesting for everyone, who wants to know more about the specified family. (In this case it would be interesting for all serious Simpsons fans, who want to know everything about their favorite characters).&lt;br /&gt;
But in general this type of family tree contains some very sensitive data (like criminal records) and shouldn&#039;t be viewed by everyone due to privacy reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== use of visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
To show relations a graph is much better than a table. So the primary aim of the visualization is to show relations between the family trees. An interesting aspect in this visualization could be, that there could be some time shift between different generations. For Example: 4.generation child from one parent could be as old as 3.generation from another parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== questions getting answered by visualization ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Who were my ancestors?&lt;br /&gt;
* Who is related with me?&lt;br /&gt;
* Were my ancestors lucky with their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did some happenings change their contentedness?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long did they live or are they still alive?&lt;br /&gt;
* What special happenings did they have in their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== concept ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Techniques used ===&lt;br /&gt;
We like to see our family-tree as computer application (maybe just a internet page), because it&#039;s very easy to create and very easy to use interactive applications on computer-systems, because almost everyone should be familiar with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
The family relationships are shown in a classical tree view. Generations are shown in one line. To show relationships a conduit is used, for example: Between two persons, who get children a conduit is used, a conduit is also used between those parents and their children and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The family-tree overview contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the person&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit and position are showing relations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit also shows if person is related by marriage&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is shown by color background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
By sliding with the mouse cursor over a member of the family tree a pop up window appears with short informations about the specified family-member. If more information is needed, one can click on the window, to show more detailed information about the person. An advantage of this method (nesting) is, that sensitive data can be preserved with a password. A Disadvantage is, that it could be more inconvenient to use the application. Therefore a login-system would be very helpful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  hover field contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Picture, if available&lt;br /&gt;
* Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of death&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the popup-window button in the hover menu an extra pop-up window appears, in which all the registered data of the person shows up. The Contentedness-scale also has a mouse over effect: When sliding with the mouse over a specific time (from left to right) it shows the nearest happening from the happening list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detail information contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* All the data shown in the popup window&lt;br /&gt;
* Contentedness-scale&lt;br /&gt;
* Important happenings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
To compare specified family tree details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== mockups ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-stammbaum.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum1.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum2.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23912</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23912"/>
		<updated>2010-01-06T16:21:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe4.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 4]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu erstellende Visualisierung ===&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
* Stammbaum der Nachkommen von Lisa und Bart Simpson*&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
...Visualisierung der Nachkommen von Lisa Simpson sowie der Nachkommen von Bart Simpson. Dabei sollen  zwei Stammbäume entstehen - einer von Bart und einer von Lisa - die dann miteinander verglichen werden können. Zuerst kommen Lisa und Bart, dann deren Kinder, ihre Enkel, etc. (mind 4 Generationen). Da es noch keine Nachkommen gibt, können diese frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll folgende Informationen darstellen:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse (zumindest Eltern-Kinder),&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Unterscheidung zwischen Blutsverwandtschaft und angeheirateten Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Geburts- und Todestag sowie Lebensdauer von allen Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- wichtige Ereignisse im Leben jedes Familienmitglieds (z.B., Anzeigen, Gefängnisaufenthalte, Schulzeit, Studienzeit, Nobelpreise, Arbeitslosigkeit etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Zufriedenheit jedes Familienmitglieds (Skala: sehr niedrig - niedrig - mittel - hoch - sehr  hoch); kann sich im Laufe des Lebens ändern.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll die interaktive Auseinandersetzung mit den Daten ermöglichen.&lt;br /&gt;
Verpflichtend:&lt;br /&gt;
Möglichkeiten zum besseren Vergleich von einzelnen Abschnitten der Stammbäume bzw. Vergleich von Ausschnitten aus Lisas und Barts Stammbäumen.&lt;br /&gt;
+ mind. 2 weitere Interaktionsmöglichkeiten (z.B., Details on Demand, Filteroptionen)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Allgemein:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Daten sollen zur Analyse von Zusammenhängen zwischen Familienverhältnissen, wichtigen Ereignissen und Zufriedenheit visualisiert werden (die Anwendungsgebiets- und Zielgruppenanalyse kann kurz gehalten werden).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die bisher erlernten Design-Prinzipien sollen umgesetzt werden z.B.: Optimierung der Data-ink ratio (keine Comics!), visuelle Attribute (Größe, Farbe, Position, etc.) sollen sinnvoll eingesetzt werden (Information darstellen).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Mockups sollten zumindest 1) die beiden Stammbäume im Überblick  und 2) eine detaillierte Vergleichsansicht von 2 Teil-Stammbäumen wiedergeben.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Alle nicht angeführten Daten können frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== analysis == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== application area ===&lt;br /&gt;
This graph is about family-tree visualization, where parents-children connections should be shown. It should not just be about family relations, but also be about individual happenings and feelings. The family tree should visualize hierarchical structures. &lt;br /&gt;
As already mentioned the tree should not only contain family relations, but also individual content and most important is, that the tree should be interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
* show detail information of a person, if demanded&lt;br /&gt;
* enable detailed comparisons of a section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== dataset ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is a nominal data because it cannot be ordered in a meaningful way. Both genders are equivalent. Additionally, the gender is a binary value (being male or female).&lt;br /&gt;
* The date of birth and death are ordinal values, because of the chronological order. In reality continual, we simplified the modelling by leaving out the time of birth. So are only discrete values are possible. &lt;br /&gt;
* The contentedness of a person is a discrete value, there are three different values possible (good, neutral, bad). It is 2-dimensional, because the contentedness is dependent on the time (what makes it temporal too) and of the value (good, bad, neutral).&lt;br /&gt;
* Important happenings are temporal, because they change by time. &lt;br /&gt;
* Text data like first and last name is a nominal value.&lt;br /&gt;
* The family tree itself has a hierarchical data, the ancestors are on top and are followed by their children, grand children etc. Relations of the same generation (partners, siblings) are shown on the same level. The hierarchy is shown implicitly, no extra hint is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== target group ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the main target group are descendants, who want to know more about their ancestors and not just who they are / were, but it could be also interesting for everyone, who wants to know more about the specified family. (In this case it would be interesting for all serious Simpsons fans, who want to know everything about their favorite characters).&lt;br /&gt;
But in general this type of family tree contains some very sensitive data (like criminal records) and shouldn&#039;t be viewed by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== use of visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
To show relations a graph is much better than a table. So the primary aim of the visualization is to show relations between the family trees. An interesting aspect in this visualization could be, that there could be some time shift between different generations. For Example: 4.generation child from one parent could be as old as 3.generation from another parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== questions getting answered by visualization ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Who were my ancestors?&lt;br /&gt;
* Who is related with me?&lt;br /&gt;
* Were my ancestors lucky with their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did some happenings change their contentedness?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long did they live or are they still alive?&lt;br /&gt;
* What special happenings did they have in their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== concept ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Techniques used ===&lt;br /&gt;
We like to see our family-tree as computer application (maybe just a internet page), because it&#039;s very easy to create and very easy to use interactive applications on computer-systems, because almost everyone should be familiar with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
The family relationships are shown in a classical tree view. Generations are shown in one line. To show relationships a conduit is used, for example: Between two persons, who get children a conduit is used, a conduit is also used between those parents and their children and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The family-tree overview contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the person&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit and position are showing relations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit also shows if person is related by marriage&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is shown by color background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
By sliding with the mouse cursor over a member of the family tree a pop up window appears with short informations about the specified family-member. If more information is needed, one can click on the window, to show more detailed information about the person. An advantage of this method (nesting) is, that sensitive data can be preserved with a password. A Disadvantage is, that it could be more inconvenient to use the application. Therefore a login-system would be very helpful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  hover field contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Picture, if available&lt;br /&gt;
* Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of death&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the popup-window button in the hover menu an extra pop-up window appears, in which all the registered data of the person shows up. The Contentedness-scale also has a mouse over effect: When sliding with the mouse over a specific time (from left to right) it shows the nearest happening from the happening list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detail information contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* All the data shown in the popup window&lt;br /&gt;
* Contentedness-scale&lt;br /&gt;
* Important happenings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
To compare specified family tree details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== mockups ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-stammbaum.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum1.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum2.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23911</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23911"/>
		<updated>2010-01-06T16:16:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe4.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 4]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu erstellende Visualisierung ===&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
* Stammbaum der Nachkommen von Lisa und Bart Simpson*&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
...Visualisierung der Nachkommen von Lisa Simpson sowie der Nachkommen von Bart Simpson. Dabei sollen  zwei Stammbäume entstehen - einer von Bart und einer von Lisa - die dann miteinander verglichen werden können. Zuerst kommen Lisa und Bart, dann deren Kinder, ihre Enkel, etc. (mind 4 Generationen). Da es noch keine Nachkommen gibt, können diese frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll folgende Informationen darstellen:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse (zumindest Eltern-Kinder),&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Unterscheidung zwischen Blutsverwandtschaft und angeheirateten Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Geburts- und Todestag sowie Lebensdauer von allen Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- wichtige Ereignisse im Leben jedes Familienmitglieds (z.B., Anzeigen, Gefängnisaufenthalte, Schulzeit, Studienzeit, Nobelpreise, Arbeitslosigkeit etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Zufriedenheit jedes Familienmitglieds (Skala: sehr niedrig - niedrig - mittel - hoch - sehr  hoch); kann sich im Laufe des Lebens ändern.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll die interaktive Auseinandersetzung mit den Daten ermöglichen.&lt;br /&gt;
Verpflichtend:&lt;br /&gt;
Möglichkeiten zum besseren Vergleich von einzelnen Abschnitten der Stammbäume bzw. Vergleich von Ausschnitten aus Lisas und Barts Stammbäumen.&lt;br /&gt;
+ mind. 2 weitere Interaktionsmöglichkeiten (z.B., Details on Demand, Filteroptionen)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Allgemein:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Daten sollen zur Analyse von Zusammenhängen zwischen Familienverhältnissen, wichtigen Ereignissen und Zufriedenheit visualisiert werden (die Anwendungsgebiets- und Zielgruppenanalyse kann kurz gehalten werden).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die bisher erlernten Design-Prinzipien sollen umgesetzt werden z.B.: Optimierung der Data-ink ratio (keine Comics!), visuelle Attribute (Größe, Farbe, Position, etc.) sollen sinnvoll eingesetzt werden (Information darstellen).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Mockups sollten zumindest 1) die beiden Stammbäume im Überblick  und 2) eine detaillierte Vergleichsansicht von 2 Teil-Stammbäumen wiedergeben.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Alle nicht angeführten Daten können frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== analysis == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== application area ===&lt;br /&gt;
This graph is about family-tree visualization, where parents-children connections should be shown. It should not just be about family relations, but also be about individual happenings and feelings. The family tree should visualize hierarchical structures. &lt;br /&gt;
As already mentioned the tree should not only contain family relations, but also individual content and most important is, that the tree should be interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
* show detail information of a person, if demanded&lt;br /&gt;
* enable detailed comparisons of a section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== dataset ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is a nominal data because it cannot be ordered in a meaningful way. Both genders are equivalent. Additionally, the gender is a binary value (being male or female).&lt;br /&gt;
* The date of birth and death are ordinal values, because of the chronological order. In reality continual, we simplified the modelling by leaving out the time of birth. So are only discrete values are possible. &lt;br /&gt;
* The contentedness/mood of a person is a discrete value, there are three different values possible (good, medium, bad).&lt;br /&gt;
* Important happenings can also be ordered in a chronological way, so they are ordinal values.&lt;br /&gt;
* Text data like first and last name is a nominal value.&lt;br /&gt;
* The family tree itself has a hierarchical data, the ancestors are on top and are followed by their children, grand children etc. Relations of the same generation (partners, siblings) are shown on the same level. The hierarchy is shown implicitly, no extra hint is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== target group ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the main target group are descendants, who want to know more about their ancestors and not just who they are / were, but it could be also interesting for everyone, who wants to know more about the specified family. (In this case it would be interesting for all serious Simpsons fans, who want to know everything about their favorite characters).&lt;br /&gt;
But in general this type of family tree contains some very sensitive data (like criminal records) and shouldn&#039;t be viewed by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== use of visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
To show relations a graph is much better than a table. So the primary aim of the visualization is to show relations between the family trees. An interesting aspect in this visualization could be, that there could be some time shift between different generations. For Example: 4.generation child from one parent could be as old as 3.generation from another parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== questions getting answered by visualization ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Who were my ancestors?&lt;br /&gt;
* Who is related with me?&lt;br /&gt;
* Were my ancestors lucky with their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did some happenings change their contentedness?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long did they live or are they still alive?&lt;br /&gt;
* What special happenings did they have in their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== concept ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Techniques used ===&lt;br /&gt;
We like to see our family-tree as computer application (maybe just a internet page), because it&#039;s very easy to create and very easy to use interactive applications on computer-systems, because almost everyone should be familiar with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
The family relationships are shown in a classical tree view. Generations are shown in one line. To show relationships a conduit is used, for example: Between two persons, who get children a conduit is used, a conduit is also used between those parents and their children and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The family-tree overview contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the person&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit and position are showing relations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit also shows if person is related by marriage&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is shown by color background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
By sliding with the mouse cursor over a member of the family tree a pop up window appears with short informations about the specified family-member. If more information is needed, one can click on the window, to show more detailed information about the person. An advantage of this method (nesting) is, that sensitive data can be preserved with a password. A Disadvantage is, that it could be more inconvenient to use the application. Therefore a login-system would be very helpful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  hover field contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Picture, if available&lt;br /&gt;
* Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of death&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the popup-window button in the hover menu an extra pop-up window appears, in which all the registered data of the person shows up. The Contentedness-scale also has a mouse over effect: When sliding with the mouse over a specific time (from left to right) it shows the nearest happening from the happening list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detail information contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* All the data shown in the popup window&lt;br /&gt;
* Contentedness-scale&lt;br /&gt;
* Important happenings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
To compare specified family tree details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== mockups ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-stammbaum.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum1.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum2.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23910</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23910"/>
		<updated>2010-01-06T15:54:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe4.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 4]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu erstellende Visualisierung ===&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
* Stammbaum der Nachkommen von Lisa und Bart Simpson*&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
...Visualisierung der Nachkommen von Lisa Simpson sowie der Nachkommen von Bart Simpson. Dabei sollen  zwei Stammbäume entstehen - einer von Bart und einer von Lisa - die dann miteinander verglichen werden können. Zuerst kommen Lisa und Bart, dann deren Kinder, ihre Enkel, etc. (mind 4 Generationen). Da es noch keine Nachkommen gibt, können diese frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll folgende Informationen darstellen:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse (zumindest Eltern-Kinder),&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Unterscheidung zwischen Blutsverwandtschaft und angeheirateten Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Geburts- und Todestag sowie Lebensdauer von allen Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- wichtige Ereignisse im Leben jedes Familienmitglieds (z.B., Anzeigen, Gefängnisaufenthalte, Schulzeit, Studienzeit, Nobelpreise, Arbeitslosigkeit etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Zufriedenheit jedes Familienmitglieds (Skala: sehr niedrig - niedrig - mittel - hoch - sehr  hoch); kann sich im Laufe des Lebens ändern.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll die interaktive Auseinandersetzung mit den Daten ermöglichen.&lt;br /&gt;
Verpflichtend:&lt;br /&gt;
Möglichkeiten zum besseren Vergleich von einzelnen Abschnitten der Stammbäume bzw. Vergleich von Ausschnitten aus Lisas und Barts Stammbäumen.&lt;br /&gt;
+ mind. 2 weitere Interaktionsmöglichkeiten (z.B., Details on Demand, Filteroptionen)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Allgemein:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Daten sollen zur Analyse von Zusammenhängen zwischen Familienverhältnissen, wichtigen Ereignissen und Zufriedenheit visualisiert werden (die Anwendungsgebiets- und Zielgruppenanalyse kann kurz gehalten werden).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die bisher erlernten Design-Prinzipien sollen umgesetzt werden z.B.: Optimierung der Data-ink ratio (keine Comics!), visuelle Attribute (Größe, Farbe, Position, etc.) sollen sinnvoll eingesetzt werden (Information darstellen).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Mockups sollten zumindest 1) die beiden Stammbäume im Überblick  und 2) eine detaillierte Vergleichsansicht von 2 Teil-Stammbäumen wiedergeben.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Alle nicht angeführten Daten können frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== analysis == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== application area ===&lt;br /&gt;
This graph is about family-tree visualization, where parents-children connections should be shown. It should not just be about family relations, but also be about individual happenings and feelings. The family tree should visualize hierarchical structures. &lt;br /&gt;
As already mentioned the tree should not only contain family relations, but also individual content and most important is, that the tree should be interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
* show detail information of a person, if demanded&lt;br /&gt;
* enable detailed comparisons of a section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== dataset ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is a nominal data because it cannot be ordered in a meaningful way. Both genders are equivalent. Additionally, the gender is a binary value (being male or female).&lt;br /&gt;
* The date of birth and death are ordinal values, because of the chronological order. In reality continual, we simplified the modelling by leaving out the time of birth. So are only discrete values are possible. &lt;br /&gt;
* The mood of a person is a discrete value, there are three different values possible (good, medium, bad).&lt;br /&gt;
* Text data like first and last name is a nominal value.&lt;br /&gt;
* The family tree itself has a hierarchical data, the ancestors are on top and are followed by their children, grand children etc. Relations of the same generation (partners, siblings) are shown on the same level. The hierarchy is shown implicitly, no extra hint is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== target group ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the main target group are descendants, who want to know more about their ancestors and not just who they are / were, but it could be also interesting for everyone, who wants to know more about the specified family. (In this case it would be interesting for all serious Simpsons fans, who want to know everything about their favorite characters).&lt;br /&gt;
But in general this type of family tree contains some very sensitive data (like criminal records) and shouldn&#039;t be viewed by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== use of visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
To show relations a graph is much better than a table. So the primary aim of the visualization is to show relations between the family trees. An interesting aspect in this visualization could be, that there could be some time shift between different generations. For Example: 4.generation child from one parent could be as old as 3.generation from another parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== questions getting answered by visualization ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Who were my ancestors?&lt;br /&gt;
* Who is related with me?&lt;br /&gt;
* Were my ancestors lucky with their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did some happenings change their contentedness?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long did they live or are they still alive?&lt;br /&gt;
* What special happenings did they have in their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== concept ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Techniques used ===&lt;br /&gt;
We like to see our family-tree as computer application (maybe just a internet page), because it&#039;s very easy to create and very easy to use interactive applications on computer-systems, because almost everyone should be familiar with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
The family relationships are shown in a classical tree view. Generations are shown in one line. To show relationships a conduit is used, for example: Between two persons, who get children a conduit is used, a conduit is also used between those parents and their children and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The family-tree overview contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the person&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit and position are showing relations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit also shows if person is related by marriage&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is shown by color background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
By sliding with the mouse cursor over a member of the family tree a pop up window appears with short informations about the specified family-member. If more information is needed, one can click on the window, to show more detailed information about the person. An advantage of this method (nesting) is, that sensitive data can be preserved with a password. A Disadvantage is, that it could be more inconvenient to use the application. Therefore a login-system would be very helpful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  hover field contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Picture, if available&lt;br /&gt;
* Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of death&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the popup-window button in the hover menu an extra pop-up window appears, in which all the registered data of the person shows up. The Contentedness-scale also has a mouse over effect: When sliding with the mouse over a specific time (from left to right) it shows the nearest happening from the happening list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detail information contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* All the data shown in the popup window&lt;br /&gt;
* Contentedness-scale&lt;br /&gt;
* Important happenings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
To compare specified family tree details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== mockups ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-stammbaum.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum1.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum2.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23907</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23907"/>
		<updated>2010-01-06T15:46:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe4.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 4]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu erstellende Visualisierung ===&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
* Stammbaum der Nachkommen von Lisa und Bart Simpson*&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
...Visualisierung der Nachkommen von Lisa Simpson sowie der Nachkommen von Bart Simpson. Dabei sollen  zwei Stammbäume entstehen - einer von Bart und einer von Lisa - die dann miteinander verglichen werden können. Zuerst kommen Lisa und Bart, dann deren Kinder, ihre Enkel, etc. (mind 4 Generationen). Da es noch keine Nachkommen gibt, können diese frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll folgende Informationen darstellen:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse (zumindest Eltern-Kinder),&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Unterscheidung zwischen Blutsverwandtschaft und angeheirateten Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Geburts- und Todestag sowie Lebensdauer von allen Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- wichtige Ereignisse im Leben jedes Familienmitglieds (z.B., Anzeigen, Gefängnisaufenthalte, Schulzeit, Studienzeit, Nobelpreise, Arbeitslosigkeit etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Zufriedenheit jedes Familienmitglieds (Skala: sehr niedrig - niedrig - mittel - hoch - sehr  hoch); kann sich im Laufe des Lebens ändern.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll die interaktive Auseinandersetzung mit den Daten ermöglichen.&lt;br /&gt;
Verpflichtend:&lt;br /&gt;
Möglichkeiten zum besseren Vergleich von einzelnen Abschnitten der Stammbäume bzw. Vergleich von Ausschnitten aus Lisas und Barts Stammbäumen.&lt;br /&gt;
+ mind. 2 weitere Interaktionsmöglichkeiten (z.B., Details on Demand, Filteroptionen)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Allgemein:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Daten sollen zur Analyse von Zusammenhängen zwischen Familienverhältnissen, wichtigen Ereignissen und Zufriedenheit visualisiert werden (die Anwendungsgebiets- und Zielgruppenanalyse kann kurz gehalten werden).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die bisher erlernten Design-Prinzipien sollen umgesetzt werden z.B.: Optimierung der Data-ink ratio (keine Comics!), visuelle Attribute (Größe, Farbe, Position, etc.) sollen sinnvoll eingesetzt werden (Information darstellen).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Mockups sollten zumindest 1) die beiden Stammbäume im Überblick  und 2) eine detaillierte Vergleichsansicht von 2 Teil-Stammbäumen wiedergeben.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Alle nicht angeführten Daten können frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== analysis == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== application area ===&lt;br /&gt;
This graph is about family-tree visualization, where parents-children connections should be shown. It should not just be about family relations, but also be about individual happenings and feelings. The family tree should visualize hierarchical structures. &lt;br /&gt;
As already mentioned the tree should not only contain family relations, but also individual content and most important is, that the tree should be interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
* show detail information of a person, if demanded&lt;br /&gt;
* enable detailed comparisons of a section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== dataset ===&lt;br /&gt;
The family tree is ...&lt;br /&gt;
The information about the person is ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dataset analysis ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sex is a nominal data because it cannot be ordered in a meaningful way. Both genders are equivalent. Additionally, the gender is a binary value (being male or female).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The date of birth and death are ordinal values, because of the chronological order. In reality continual, we simplified the modelling by leaving out the time of birth. So are only discrete values are possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mood of a person is a continual value, the mood can range without any limits between 0 % and 100 %. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The family tree itself has a hierarchical data, the ancestors are on top and are followed by their children, grand children etc. Relations of the same generation (partners, siblings) are shown on the same level. The hierarchy is shown implicitly, no extra hint is made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== target group ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the main target group are descendants, who want to know more about their ancestors and not just who they are / were, but it could be also interesting for everyone, who wants to know more about the specified family. (In this case it would be interesting for all serious Simpsons fans, who want to know everything about their favorite characters).&lt;br /&gt;
But in general this type of family tree contains some very sensitive data (like criminal records) and shouldn&#039;t be viewed by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== use of visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
To show relations a graph is much better than a table. So the primary aim of the visualization is to show relations between the family trees. An interesting aspect in this visualization could be, that there could be some time shift between different generations. For Example: 4.generation child from one parent could be as old as 3.generation from another parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== questions getting answered by visualization ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Who were my ancestors?&lt;br /&gt;
* Who is related with me?&lt;br /&gt;
* Were my ancestors lucky with their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did some happenings change their contentedness?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long did they live or are they still alive?&lt;br /&gt;
* What special happenings did they have in their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== concept ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Techniques used ===&lt;br /&gt;
We like to see our family-tree as computer application (maybe just a internet page), because it&#039;s very easy to create and very easy to use interactive applications on computer-systems, because almost everyone should be familiar with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
The family relationships are shown in a classical tree view. Generations are shown in one line. To show relationships a conduit is used, for example: Between two persons, who get children a conduit is used, a conduit is also used between those parents and their children and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The family-tree overview contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the person&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit and position are showing relations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit also shows if person is related by marriage&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is shown by color background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
By sliding with the mouse cursor over a member of the family tree a pop up window appears with short informations about the specified family-member. If more information is needed, one can click on the window, to show more detailed information about the person. An advantage of this method (nesting) is, that sensitive data can be preserved with a password. A Disadvantage is, that it could be more inconvenient to use the application. Therefore a login-system would be very helpful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  hover field contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Picture, if available&lt;br /&gt;
* Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of death&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the popup-window button in the hover menu an extra pop-up window appears, in which all the registered data of the person shows up. The Contentedness-scale also has a mouse over effect: When sliding with the mouse over a specific time (from left to right) it shows the nearest happening from the happening list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detail information contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* All the data shown in the popup window&lt;br /&gt;
* Contentedness-scale&lt;br /&gt;
* Important happenings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
To compare specified family tree details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== mockups ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-stammbaum.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum1.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum2.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23906</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23906"/>
		<updated>2010-01-06T15:34:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe4.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 4]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu erstellende Visualisierung ===&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
* Stammbaum der Nachkommen von Lisa und Bart Simpson*&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
...Visualisierung der Nachkommen von Lisa Simpson sowie der Nachkommen von Bart Simpson. Dabei sollen  zwei Stammbäume entstehen - einer von Bart und einer von Lisa - die dann miteinander verglichen werden können. Zuerst kommen Lisa und Bart, dann deren Kinder, ihre Enkel, etc. (mind 4 Generationen). Da es noch keine Nachkommen gibt, können diese frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll folgende Informationen darstellen:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse (zumindest Eltern-Kinder),&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Unterscheidung zwischen Blutsverwandtschaft und angeheirateten Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Geburts- und Todestag sowie Lebensdauer von allen Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- wichtige Ereignisse im Leben jedes Familienmitglieds (z.B., Anzeigen, Gefängnisaufenthalte, Schulzeit, Studienzeit, Nobelpreise, Arbeitslosigkeit etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Zufriedenheit jedes Familienmitglieds (Skala: sehr niedrig - niedrig - mittel - hoch - sehr  hoch); kann sich im Laufe des Lebens ändern.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll die interaktive Auseinandersetzung mit den Daten ermöglichen.&lt;br /&gt;
Verpflichtend:&lt;br /&gt;
Möglichkeiten zum besseren Vergleich von einzelnen Abschnitten der Stammbäume bzw. Vergleich von Ausschnitten aus Lisas und Barts Stammbäumen.&lt;br /&gt;
+ mind. 2 weitere Interaktionsmöglichkeiten (z.B., Details on Demand, Filteroptionen)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Allgemein:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Daten sollen zur Analyse von Zusammenhängen zwischen Familienverhältnissen, wichtigen Ereignissen und Zufriedenheit visualisiert werden (die Anwendungsgebiets- und Zielgruppenanalyse kann kurz gehalten werden).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die bisher erlernten Design-Prinzipien sollen umgesetzt werden z.B.: Optimierung der Data-ink ratio (keine Comics!), visuelle Attribute (Größe, Farbe, Position, etc.) sollen sinnvoll eingesetzt werden (Information darstellen).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Mockups sollten zumindest 1) die beiden Stammbäume im Überblick  und 2) eine detaillierte Vergleichsansicht von 2 Teil-Stammbäumen wiedergeben.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Alle nicht angeführten Daten können frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== analysis == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== application area ===&lt;br /&gt;
This graph is about family-tree visualization, where parents-children connections should be shown. It should not just be about family relations, but also be about individual happenings and feelings. The family tree should visualize hierarchical structures. &lt;br /&gt;
As already mentioned the tree should not only contain family relations, but also individual content and most important is, that the tree should be interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
* show detail information of a person, if demanded&lt;br /&gt;
* enable detailed comparisons of a section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== dataset ===&lt;br /&gt;
The family tree is ...&lt;br /&gt;
The information about the person is ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dataset analysis ====&lt;br /&gt;
Sex is a nominal data because it cannot be ordered in a meaningful way. Both genders are equivalent. Additionally, the gender is a binary value (being male or female).&lt;br /&gt;
The date of birth and death are ordinal values, because of the chronological order. In reality continual, we simplified the modelling by leaving out the time of birth. So are only discrete values are possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== target group ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the main target group are descendants, who want to know more about their ancestors and not just who they are / were, but it could be also interesting for everyone, who wants to know more about the specified family. (In this case it would be interesting for all serious Simpsons fans, who want to know everything about their favorite characters).&lt;br /&gt;
But in general this type of family tree contains some very sensitive data (like criminal records) and shouldn&#039;t be viewed by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== use of visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
To show relations a graph is much better than a table. So the primary aim of the visualization is to show relations between the family trees. An interesting aspect in this visualization could be, that there could be some time shift between different generations. For Example: 4.generation child from one parent could be as old as 3.generation from another parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== questions getting answered by visualization ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Who were my ancestors?&lt;br /&gt;
* Who is related with me?&lt;br /&gt;
* Were my ancestors lucky with their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did some happenings change their contentedness?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long did they live or are they still alive?&lt;br /&gt;
* What special happenings did they have in their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== concept ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Techniques used ===&lt;br /&gt;
We like to see our family-tree as computer application (maybe just a internet page), because it&#039;s very easy to create and very easy to use interactive applications on computer-systems, because almost everyone should be familiar with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
The family relationships are shown in a classical tree view. Generations are shown in one line. To show relationships a conduit is used, for example: Between two persons, who get children a conduit is used, a conduit is also used between those parents and their children and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The family-tree overview contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the person&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit and position are showing relations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit also shows if person is related by marriage&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is shown by color background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
By sliding with the mouse cursor over a member of the family tree a pop up window appears with short informations about the specified family-member. If more information is needed, one can click on the window, to show more detailed information about the person. An advantage of this method (nesting) is, that sensitive data can be preserved with a password. A Disadvantage is, that it could be more inconvenient to use the application. Therefore a login-system would be very helpful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  hover field contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Picture, if available&lt;br /&gt;
* Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of death&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the popup-window button in the hover menu an extra pop-up window appears, in which all the registered data of the person shows up. The Contentedness-scale also has a mouse over effect: When sliding with the mouse over a specific time (from left to right) it shows the nearest happening from the happening list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detail information contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* All the data shown in the popup window&lt;br /&gt;
* Contentedness-scale&lt;br /&gt;
* Important happenings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
To compare specified family tree details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== mockups ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-stammbaum.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum1.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum2.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23905</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 4</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_4&amp;diff=23905"/>
		<updated>2010-01-06T15:24:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe4.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 4]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu erstellende Visualisierung ===&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
* Stammbaum der Nachkommen von Lisa und Bart Simpson*&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
...Visualisierung der Nachkommen von Lisa Simpson sowie der Nachkommen von Bart Simpson. Dabei sollen  zwei Stammbäume entstehen - einer von Bart und einer von Lisa - die dann miteinander verglichen werden können. Zuerst kommen Lisa und Bart, dann deren Kinder, ihre Enkel, etc. (mind 4 Generationen). Da es noch keine Nachkommen gibt, können diese frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll folgende Informationen darstellen:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse (zumindest Eltern-Kinder),&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Unterscheidung zwischen Blutsverwandtschaft und angeheirateten Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Geburts- und Todestag sowie Lebensdauer von allen Familienmitgliedern,&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- wichtige Ereignisse im Leben jedes Familienmitglieds (z.B., Anzeigen, Gefängnisaufenthalte, Schulzeit, Studienzeit, Nobelpreise, Arbeitslosigkeit etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Zufriedenheit jedes Familienmitglieds (Skala: sehr niedrig - niedrig - mittel - hoch - sehr  hoch); kann sich im Laufe des Lebens ändern.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Die Visualisierung soll die interaktive Auseinandersetzung mit den Daten ermöglichen.&lt;br /&gt;
Verpflichtend:&lt;br /&gt;
Möglichkeiten zum besseren Vergleich von einzelnen Abschnitten der Stammbäume bzw. Vergleich von Ausschnitten aus Lisas und Barts Stammbäumen.&lt;br /&gt;
+ mind. 2 weitere Interaktionsmöglichkeiten (z.B., Details on Demand, Filteroptionen)&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Allgemein:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Daten sollen zur Analyse von Zusammenhängen zwischen Familienverhältnissen, wichtigen Ereignissen und Zufriedenheit visualisiert werden (die Anwendungsgebiets- und Zielgruppenanalyse kann kurz gehalten werden).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die bisher erlernten Design-Prinzipien sollen umgesetzt werden z.B.: Optimierung der Data-ink ratio (keine Comics!), visuelle Attribute (Größe, Farbe, Position, etc.) sollen sinnvoll eingesetzt werden (Information darstellen).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Die Mockups sollten zumindest 1) die beiden Stammbäume im Überblick  und 2) eine detaillierte Vergleichsansicht von 2 Teil-Stammbäumen wiedergeben.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
- Alle nicht angeführten Daten können frei erfunden werden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== analysis == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== application area ===&lt;br /&gt;
This graph is about family-tree visualization, where parents-children connections should be shown. It should not just be about family relations, but also be about individual happenings and feelings. The family tree should visualize hierarchical structures. &lt;br /&gt;
As already mentioned the tree should not only contain family relations, but also individual content and most important is, that the tree should be interactive:&lt;br /&gt;
* show detail information of a person, if demanded&lt;br /&gt;
* enable detailed comparisons of a section&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== dataset ===&lt;br /&gt;
The family tree is ...&lt;br /&gt;
The information about the person is ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== dataset analysis ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Nominal data&lt;br /&gt;
** Sex&lt;br /&gt;
** &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== target group ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general, the main target group are descendants, who want to know more about their ancestors and not just who they are / were, but it could be also interesting for everyone, who wants to know more about the specified family. (In this case it would be interesting for all serious Simpsons fans, who want to know everything about their favorite characters).&lt;br /&gt;
But in general this type of family tree contains some very sensitive data (like criminal records) and shouldn&#039;t be viewed by everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== use of visualization ===&lt;br /&gt;
To show relations a graph is much better than a table. So the primary aim of the visualization is to show relations between the family trees. An interesting aspect in this visualization could be, that there could be some time shift between different generations. For Example: 4.generation child from one parent could be as old as 3.generation from another parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== questions getting answered by visualization ====&lt;br /&gt;
* Who were my ancestors?&lt;br /&gt;
* Who is related with me?&lt;br /&gt;
* Were my ancestors lucky with their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did some happenings change their contentedness?&lt;br /&gt;
* How long did they live or are they still alive?&lt;br /&gt;
* What special happenings did they have in their lives?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== concept ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Techniques used ===&lt;br /&gt;
We like to see our family-tree as computer application (maybe just a internet page), because it&#039;s very easy to create and very easy to use interactive applications on computer-systems, because almost everyone should be familiar with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
The family relationships are shown in a classical tree view. Generations are shown in one line. To show relationships a conduit is used, for example: Between two persons, who get children a conduit is used, a conduit is also used between those parents and their children and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The family-tree overview contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Name of the person&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit and position are showing relations&lt;br /&gt;
* Conduit also shows if person is related by marriage&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex is shown by color background&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
By sliding with the mouse cursor over a member of the family tree a pop up window appears with short informations about the specified family-member. If more information is needed, one can click on the window, to show more detailed information about the person. An advantage of this method (nesting) is, that sensitive data can be preserved with a password. A Disadvantage is, that it could be more inconvenient to use the application. Therefore a login-system would be very helpful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  hover field contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* Picture, if available&lt;br /&gt;
* Name&lt;br /&gt;
* Sex&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of birth&lt;br /&gt;
* Date of death&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on the popup-window button in the hover menu an extra pop-up window appears, in which all the registered data of the person shows up. The Contentedness-scale also has a mouse over effect: When sliding with the mouse over a specific time (from left to right) it shows the nearest happening from the happening list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The detail information contains following data:&lt;br /&gt;
* All the data shown in the popup window&lt;br /&gt;
* Contentedness-scale&lt;br /&gt;
* Important happenings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
To compare specified family tree details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== mockups ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== family tree ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-stammbaum.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== mouse over effect ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum1.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== detail information ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:06-Stammbaum2.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
==== comparison view ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23871</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23871"/>
		<updated>2010-01-05T15:54:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe3.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 3]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu verbessernde Grafik ===&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------- &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:geo3.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Critique about the Graph === &lt;br /&gt;
* data ink ratio is very high&lt;br /&gt;
* The world map is not really necessary (except for showing the shipment routes)&lt;br /&gt;
* The circles are overlapping&lt;br /&gt;
* The values are not ordered (because they are shown on the map)&lt;br /&gt;
* The label &amp;quot;Total Hazardous Waste Production&amp;quot;  can&#039;t be attached to anything in the first moment &lt;br /&gt;
* Much unimportant information, only the necessary info should be on the graph:&lt;br /&gt;
** The circles as descriptors include the information about the ratio between country size and hazardous waste production.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sublabels of Arrows: what&#039;s shipped?&lt;br /&gt;
** Major Illegal Waste Shipment Routes&amp;quot; don&#039;t really fit into the question &amp;quot;Which countries produce the most hazardous waste?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Redesign===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abgabe 2.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total hazardous waste production in metric tons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanations===&lt;br /&gt;
* The essential information is the waste production (according to the graph&#039;s title). So we removed all the other information.&lt;br /&gt;
* The diagram now only has the necessary information&lt;br /&gt;
* Data ink ratio is very low (no 3D effects, no additional lines/axis that don&#039;t show any information etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* The values are ordered in a bar chart, which gives a better overview over the data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the red color, because it was kind of an eye catcher&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23870</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23870"/>
		<updated>2010-01-05T15:54:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe3.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 3]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu verbessernde Grafik ===&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------- &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:geo3.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Critique about the Graph === &lt;br /&gt;
* data ink ratio is very high&lt;br /&gt;
* The world map is not really necessary (except for showing the shipment routes)&lt;br /&gt;
* The circles are overlapping&lt;br /&gt;
* The values are not ordered (because they are shown on the map)&lt;br /&gt;
* The label &amp;quot;Total Hazardous Waste Production&amp;quot;  can&#039;t be attached to anything in the first moment &lt;br /&gt;
* Much unimportant information, only the necessary info should be on the graph:&lt;br /&gt;
** The circles as descriptors include the information about the ratio between country size and hazardous waste production.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sublabels of Arrows: what&#039;s shipped?&lt;br /&gt;
** Major Illegal Waste Shipment Routes&amp;quot; don&#039;t really fit into the question &amp;quot;Which countries produce the most hazardous waste?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Redesign===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abgabe 2.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total hazardous waste production in metric tons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The essential information is the waste production (according to the graph&#039;s title). So we removed all the other information.&lt;br /&gt;
* The diagram now only has the necessary information&lt;br /&gt;
* Data ink ratio is very low (no 3D effects, no additional lines/axis that don&#039;t show any information etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* The values are ordered in a bar chart, which gives a better overview over the data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the red color, because it was kind of an eye catcher&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23868</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23868"/>
		<updated>2010-01-05T15:51:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe3.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 3]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu verbessernde Grafik ===&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------- &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:geo3.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Critique about the Graph === &lt;br /&gt;
* data ink ratio is very high&lt;br /&gt;
* The world map is not really necessary (except for showing the shipment routes)&lt;br /&gt;
* The circles are overlapping&lt;br /&gt;
* The values are not ordered (because they are shown on the map)&lt;br /&gt;
* The label &amp;quot;Total Hazardous Waste Production&amp;quot;  can&#039;t be attached to anything in the first moment &lt;br /&gt;
* Much unimportant information, only the necessary info should be on the graph:&lt;br /&gt;
** The circles as descriptors include the information about the ratio between country size and hazardous waste production.&lt;br /&gt;
** Sublabels of Arrows: what&#039;s shipped?&lt;br /&gt;
** Major Illegal Waste Shipment Routes&amp;quot; don&#039;t really fit into the question &amp;quot;Which countries produce the most hazardous waste?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Redesign===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abgabe 2.jpg|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Total hazardous waste production in metric tons&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We made two graphs that separate the information. &lt;br /&gt;
** The first one shows the shipment routes and geographical information, that could be interesting, like if countries that reported waste generation are lying to each other, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
** The second one shows the values of the hazardous waste production. That is acutally the key information in the graph and it&#039;s not necessary to show where these countries are.&lt;br /&gt;
* The values are ordered in a bar chart, which gives a better overview over the data.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ship routes are only labelled by the continents, the additional information (goods etc) is removed, because that information is not as important.&lt;br /&gt;
* The circles have been removed, because they didn&#039;t distribute as much information.&lt;br /&gt;
* Numbers have been put to an extra graph&lt;br /&gt;
* Removed the red color, because it was kind of an eye catcher&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Abgabe_2.jpg&amp;diff=23867</id>
		<title>File:Abgabe 2.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Abgabe_2.jpg&amp;diff=23867"/>
		<updated>2010-01-05T15:48:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: New page: == Summary ==  == Copyright status ==  == Source ==&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Source ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23623</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23623"/>
		<updated>2009-12-05T09:54:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe3.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 3]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu verbessernde Grafik ===&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------- &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:geo3.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Critique about the Graph === &lt;br /&gt;
* data ink ratio is very high&lt;br /&gt;
* The world map is not really necessary (except for showing the shipment routes)&lt;br /&gt;
* The circles are overlapping&lt;br /&gt;
* The values are not ordered (because they are shown on the map)&lt;br /&gt;
* Much unimportant information, only the necessary info should be on the graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Redesign===&lt;br /&gt;
====Total Hazardous Waste Production (2005)====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Diagramm1.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Diagramm2.jpg|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* We made two graphs that separate the information. The first one shows the values of the hazardous waste production. That is acutally the key information in the graph.&lt;br /&gt;
* The values are ordered in a bar chart.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ship routes are only labelled by the continents, the additional information (goods etc) is removed, because that information is not as important.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23618</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23618"/>
		<updated>2009-12-04T18:35:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe3.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 3]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu verbessernde Grafik ===&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------- &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:geo3.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Critique about the Graph === &lt;br /&gt;
* data ink ratio is very high&lt;br /&gt;
* The world map is not really necessary (except for showing the shipment routes)&lt;br /&gt;
* The circles are overlapping&lt;br /&gt;
* The values are not ordered (because they are shown on the map)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Redesign===&lt;br /&gt;
====Total Hazardous Waste Production (2005)====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Diagramm1.jpg|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Diagramm2.jpg|900px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Diagramm2.jpg&amp;diff=23617</id>
		<title>File:Diagramm2.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Diagramm2.jpg&amp;diff=23617"/>
		<updated>2009-12-04T18:02:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: New page: == Summary ==  == Copyright status ==  == Source ==&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Source ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Diagramm1.jpg&amp;diff=23615</id>
		<title>File:Diagramm1.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Diagramm1.jpg&amp;diff=23615"/>
		<updated>2009-12-04T17:54:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: New page: == Summary ==  == Copyright status ==  == Source ==&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Source ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23604</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 3</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_3&amp;diff=23604"/>
		<updated>2009-12-03T17:26:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe3.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 3]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu verbessernde Grafik ===&lt;br /&gt;
------------------------------- &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:geo3.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Critique about the Graph === &lt;br /&gt;
* data ink ratio is very high&lt;br /&gt;
* The world map is not really necessary (except for showing the shipment routes)&lt;br /&gt;
* The circles are overlapping&lt;br /&gt;
* The values are not ordered (because they are shown on the map)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23602</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23602"/>
		<updated>2009-12-03T16:21:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is left and makes it difficult to compare the numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
* The order of the values that are compared (2007 and 2008) is confusing because the summary (change) is the wrong way around (6725 compared to 5993 is not an increase of 12%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a ruler under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ruler is in a very light grey (black bold rulers seperates them)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is removed and put in the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is right, so numbers can be compared easliy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent use of thousands separators (comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are added, so the data is optically split into groups that belong together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Compared to the first table, the rows and columns are in the same way as in the original table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data is split in two groups because it does not really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces seperate the summary rows from data rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are used to separate the different tables too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvement ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_verbesserung.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We made the changes according to the discussion page, except putting 0.0% in empty cells, because we thought it is irritating to write that there is a change of 0% although the values have changed. So we calculated the appropriate value and put it in there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[Few, 2004] Stephen Few. Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten. Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 – Table Design &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wallace, 2004] Rosa Wallace, NC State University. Designing Tables. http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23601</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23601"/>
		<updated>2009-12-03T16:20:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is left and makes it difficult to compare the numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
* The order of the values that are compared (2007 and 2008) is confusing because the summary (change) is the wrong way around (6725 compared to 5993 is not an increase of 12%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a ruler under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ruler is in a very light grey (black bold rulers seperates them)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is removed and put in the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is right, so numbers can be compared easliy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent use of thousands separators (comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are added, so the data is optically split into groups that belong together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Compared to the first table, the rows and columns are in the same way as in the original table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data is split in two groups because it does not really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces seperate the summary rows from data rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are used to separate the different tables too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvement ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_verbesserung.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
We made the changes according to the discussion page, except putting 0.0% in empty cells, because we thought it is irritating to write that there is a change of 0% although the values have changed. So we calculated the appropriate value and put it in there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[Few, 2004] Stephen Few. Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten. Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 – Table Design &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wallace, 2004] Rosa Wallace, NC State University. Designing Tables. http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23600</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23600"/>
		<updated>2009-12-03T16:16:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is left and makes it difficult to compare the numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
* The order of the values that are compared (2007 and 2008) is confusing because the summary (change) is the wrong way around (6725 compared to 5993 is not an increase of 12%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a ruler under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ruler is in a very light grey (black bold rulers seperates them)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is removed and put in the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is right, so numbers can be compared easliy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent use of thousands separators (comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are added, so the data is optically split into groups that belong together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Compared to the first table, the rows and columns are in the same way as in the original table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data is split in two groups because it does not really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces seperate the summary rows from data rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are used to separate the different tables too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvement ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_verbesserung.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[Few, 2004] Stephen Few. Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten. Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 – Table Design &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wallace, 2004] Rosa Wallace, NC State University. Designing Tables. http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23599</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23599"/>
		<updated>2009-12-03T16:15:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is left and makes it difficult to compare the numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
* The order of the values that are compared (2007 and 2008) is confusing because the summary (change) is the wrong way around (6725 compared to 5993 is not an increase of 12%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a ruler under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ruler is in a very light grey (black bold rulers seperates them)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is removed and put in the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is right, so numbers can be compared easliy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent use of thousands separators (comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are added, so the data is optically split into groups that belong together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Improvement ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_verbesserung.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Compared to the first table, the rows and columns are in the same way as in the original table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data is split in two groups because it does not really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces seperate the summary rows from data rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are used to separate the different tables too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[Few, 2004] Stephen Few. Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten. Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 – Table Design &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wallace, 2004] Rosa Wallace, NC State University. Designing Tables. http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Table_group_6_verbesserung.png&amp;diff=23598</id>
		<title>File:Table group 6 verbesserung.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=File:Table_group_6_verbesserung.png&amp;diff=23598"/>
		<updated>2009-12-03T16:14:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: New page: == Summary ==  == Copyright status ==  == Source ==&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Copyright status ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Source ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23500</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 03 - Aufgabe 1 - InfoZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23500"/>
		<updated>2009-11-25T21:56:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|InfoZoom displays database relations in tables with attributes as rows and objects as columns.| [Spenke, 2000]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{definition|InfoZoom is a computer application that helps users to analyze and display large amounts of data in three different view modes, depending how much data should be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom processes different types of data, which can be displayed in table form. The core piece of InfoZoom is a very innovative visualisation technique, that allows to display large ammounts of data in three different view modes. &lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is developed by the company humanIT, a spin-off of Fraunhofer Society and subsidiary company of proALPHA Software AG. [humanIT, 2006] }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom evolved from another system called FOCUS, a focus+context table layout [Kort, 2004].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The current and newest version is InfoZoom V6.0 [humanIT, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Primarily, InfoZoom was developed for manipulating tables. By default it uses parallel bargrams for larger sizes of data sets and special focus+context tables for smaller ones [Wittenburg et al, 2001]. So it is possible to present information in table or distribution oriented formats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When displaying relational data tables, InfoZoom uses one row for each record. This data can be sorted sequential, hierarchical or in any other way the user wants it to be sorted. If necessary, the user can &amp;quot;zoom&amp;quot; into the information. This happens for example by doubleclicking on attribute values or sets/ranges of values [Mark et al, 2003]. This &amp;quot;zooming&amp;quot; can also be done by selecting columns of a row interactively and then promoting them into qualified records. All other records except those marked as qualified records are hidden instantly, enabling a &amp;quot;zoomed&amp;quot; view on the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom supports data selection and filtering by a single mouse click on a value bin. Values can be rendered interestingly and transitions between set sizes are animated [Wittenburg et al, 2001].&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Software_architecture.gif|200px|thumb|software architecture of InfoZoom V6.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data Source &amp;amp;  Compatibility === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With its versatility and open architecture for quick and easy OEM installation based on commonly used industry standards (ODBC, OLE DB, OLE DB for OLAP, COM, ActiveX) and native interfaces (proALPHA, SAP, Lotus Notes, etc.), InfoZoom offers a major advantage for integration partners. It can also be used as a stand-alone application under Windows. [humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom offers three modes for data analysis: wide table, compressed table and overview [Xie, 2006; Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wide Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide table looks like a table we know from spreadsheets or database tables. Every attribute is shown as a row and the objects as columns. If the windows is not big enough to show all records or attributes, it&#039;s possible to scroll vertically or horizontally. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wide_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Compressed Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compressed table shows all the objects on the screen. Therefor, the objects have to be pushed together. The entries in the database can be sorted either in ascending or descending order, numerical values are displayed by the vertical position of dots. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Compressed_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview Mode ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the overview mode it is possible to sort the content independently for every attributes row, identical values are placed together in a cell. The frequency of this value is represented as the column width. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Overview_mode.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for data or find patterns in a dataset by using filters. It is possible to look for a specific value or value range on an attribute. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Derived Attribute ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attributes and derived atrributes can be combined by the user. The new value is calculated from the values of one or two already existing attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Graphics Report ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic Reports can be created with different styles, e.g. Pie, Donut, Bar, Horiz Bar, Line, Area, Point, Bubble, Volume, ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Chart.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is often used for Visual Data Mining (VDM), a process which aims at the recognition of patterns in data by an human expert. VDM makes use of an technique called focus+context. Here, it&#039;s possible for the expert to show focused and contextual information at the same time. [Kort, 2004]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infozoom can be used for a wide range of areas, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|&lt;br /&gt;
* Ad hoc evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Data cleansing &lt;br /&gt;
* Data selection &lt;br /&gt;
* Data management &lt;br /&gt;
* Data format verification &lt;br /&gt;
* Data migration &lt;br /&gt;
* Data plausibility &lt;br /&gt;
* Data quality &lt;br /&gt;
* Data checking &lt;br /&gt;
* Gap analysis|&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example ==&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a special Version of InfoZoom called &#039;InfoZoom JApp&#039;, which is used to present data on the internet or intranet, can be viewed at the InfoZoom homepage: http://www.infozoom.com/files/japp/bank/enu/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Created at: 2009. Retrieved at: November 4, 2009. http://infozoom.com/244/-/product.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2006] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Retrieved at: October 30, 2006. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Kort, 2004] Alexander Kort. Visual Data Mining and Zoomable Interfaces. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 9th international conference on Intelligent user interface&#039;&#039;. pages 274-276, New York, NY, 2004. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Mark et al, 2003] Gloria Mark, Keri Carpenter, Alfred Kobsa. Are There Benefits in Seeing Double? A Study of Collaborative Information Visualization. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;03 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 840-841, Irvine, CA, April 2003. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Spenke, 2000] Michael Spenke and Christian Beilken. InfoZoom - Analysing Formula One Racing Results With an Interactive Data Mining and Visualisation Tool. In &#039;&#039;Second Conference on Data Mining 2000&#039;&#039;, pages 1-11, Cambridge, UK. Created at: July 2000, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://www.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~silvia/wien/vu-infovis/articles/spenke00infozoom.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wittenburg et al, 2001] Kent Wittenburg, Tom Lanning, Michael Heinrichs, Michael Stanton. Parallel bargrams for consumer-based information exploration and choice. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 14th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 51-60, Waltham, MA, November 2001. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Xie, 2006] Zaixian Xie, Review on InfoZoom. Worcester Polytechnic Insitute: Course Data Visualization. Created at: February 1, 2006. Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://users.wpi.edu/~xiezx/courses/cs525d/infozoom/infozoom.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009] Fraunhofer-Institut füt Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT. InfoZoom - Ein Werkzeug zur Informationsvisualisierung Created at: August 27, 2009. Retreived at: November 22, 2009. http://www.fit.fraunhofer.de/projects/prozesse/infozoom.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23499</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 03 - Aufgabe 1 - InfoZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23499"/>
		<updated>2009-11-25T21:56:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|InfoZoom displays database relations in tables with attributes as rows and objects as columns.| [Spenke, 2000]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{definition|InfoZoom is a computer application that helps users to analyze and display large amounts of data in three different view modes, depending how much data should be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom processes different types of data, which can be displayed in table form. The core piece of InfoZoom is a very innovative visualisation technique, that allows to display large ammounts of data in three different view modes. &lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is developed by the company humanIT, a spin-off of Fraunhofer Society and subsidiary company of proALPHA Software AG. [humanIT, 2009] }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom evolved from another system called FOCUS, a focus+context table layout [Kort, 2004].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The current and newest version is InfoZoom V6.0 [humanIT, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Primarily, InfoZoom was developed for manipulating tables. By default it uses parallel bargrams for larger sizes of data sets and special focus+context tables for smaller ones [Wittenburg et al, 2001]. So it is possible to present information in table or distribution oriented formats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When displaying relational data tables, InfoZoom uses one row for each record. This data can be sorted sequential, hierarchical or in any other way the user wants it to be sorted. If necessary, the user can &amp;quot;zoom&amp;quot; into the information. This happens for example by doubleclicking on attribute values or sets/ranges of values [Mark et al, 2003]. This &amp;quot;zooming&amp;quot; can also be done by selecting columns of a row interactively and then promoting them into qualified records. All other records except those marked as qualified records are hidden instantly, enabling a &amp;quot;zoomed&amp;quot; view on the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom supports data selection and filtering by a single mouse click on a value bin. Values can be rendered interestingly and transitions between set sizes are animated [Wittenburg et al, 2001].&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Software_architecture.gif|200px|thumb|software architecture of InfoZoom V6.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data Source &amp;amp;  Compatibility === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With its versatility and open architecture for quick and easy OEM installation based on commonly used industry standards (ODBC, OLE DB, OLE DB for OLAP, COM, ActiveX) and native interfaces (proALPHA, SAP, Lotus Notes, etc.), InfoZoom offers a major advantage for integration partners. It can also be used as a stand-alone application under Windows. [humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom offers three modes for data analysis: wide table, compressed table and overview [Xie, 2006; Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wide Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide table looks like a table we know from spreadsheets or database tables. Every attribute is shown as a row and the objects as columns. If the windows is not big enough to show all records or attributes, it&#039;s possible to scroll vertically or horizontally. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wide_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Compressed Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compressed table shows all the objects on the screen. Therefor, the objects have to be pushed together. The entries in the database can be sorted either in ascending or descending order, numerical values are displayed by the vertical position of dots. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Compressed_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview Mode ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the overview mode it is possible to sort the content independently for every attributes row, identical values are placed together in a cell. The frequency of this value is represented as the column width. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Overview_mode.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for data or find patterns in a dataset by using filters. It is possible to look for a specific value or value range on an attribute. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Derived Attribute ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attributes and derived atrributes can be combined by the user. The new value is calculated from the values of one or two already existing attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Graphics Report ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic Reports can be created with different styles, e.g. Pie, Donut, Bar, Horiz Bar, Line, Area, Point, Bubble, Volume, ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Chart.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is often used for Visual Data Mining (VDM), a process which aims at the recognition of patterns in data by an human expert. VDM makes use of an technique called focus+context. Here, it&#039;s possible for the expert to show focused and contextual information at the same time. [Kort, 2004]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infozoom can be used for a wide range of areas, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|&lt;br /&gt;
* Ad hoc evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Data cleansing &lt;br /&gt;
* Data selection &lt;br /&gt;
* Data management &lt;br /&gt;
* Data format verification &lt;br /&gt;
* Data migration &lt;br /&gt;
* Data plausibility &lt;br /&gt;
* Data quality &lt;br /&gt;
* Data checking &lt;br /&gt;
* Gap analysis|&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example ==&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a special Version of InfoZoom called &#039;InfoZoom JApp&#039;, which is used to present data on the internet or intranet, can be viewed at the InfoZoom homepage: http://www.infozoom.com/files/japp/bank/enu/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Created at: 2009. Retrieved at: November 4, 2009. http://infozoom.com/244/-/product.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2006] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Retrieved at: October 30, 2006. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Kort, 2004] Alexander Kort. Visual Data Mining and Zoomable Interfaces. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 9th international conference on Intelligent user interface&#039;&#039;. pages 274-276, New York, NY, 2004. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Mark et al, 2003] Gloria Mark, Keri Carpenter, Alfred Kobsa. Are There Benefits in Seeing Double? A Study of Collaborative Information Visualization. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;03 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 840-841, Irvine, CA, April 2003. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Spenke, 2000] Michael Spenke and Christian Beilken. InfoZoom - Analysing Formula One Racing Results With an Interactive Data Mining and Visualisation Tool. In &#039;&#039;Second Conference on Data Mining 2000&#039;&#039;, pages 1-11, Cambridge, UK. Created at: July 2000, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://www.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~silvia/wien/vu-infovis/articles/spenke00infozoom.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wittenburg et al, 2001] Kent Wittenburg, Tom Lanning, Michael Heinrichs, Michael Stanton. Parallel bargrams for consumer-based information exploration and choice. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 14th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 51-60, Waltham, MA, November 2001. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Xie, 2006] Zaixian Xie, Review on InfoZoom. Worcester Polytechnic Insitute: Course Data Visualization. Created at: February 1, 2006. Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://users.wpi.edu/~xiezx/courses/cs525d/infozoom/infozoom.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009] Fraunhofer-Institut füt Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT. InfoZoom - Ein Werkzeug zur Informationsvisualisierung Created at: August 27, 2009. Retreived at: November 22, 2009. http://www.fit.fraunhofer.de/projects/prozesse/infozoom.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23497</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 03 - Aufgabe 1 - InfoZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23497"/>
		<updated>2009-11-25T21:44:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|InfoZoom displays database relations in tables with attributes as rows and objects as columns.| [Spenke, 2000]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{definition|InfoZoom is a computer application that helps users to analyze and display large amounts of data in three different view modes, depending how much data should be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom processes different types of data, which can be displayed in table form. The core piece of InfoZoom is a very innovative visualisation technique, that allows to display large ammounts of data in three different view modes.&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is developed by the company humanIT, a spin-off of Fraunhofer Society and subsidiary company of proALPHA Software AG. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom evolved from another system called FOCUS, a focus+context table layout [Kort, 2004].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The current and newest version is InfoZoom V6.0 [humanIT, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Primarily, InfoZoom was developed for manipulating tables. By default it uses parallel bargrams for larger sizes of data sets and special focus+context tables for smaller ones [Wittenburg et al, 2001]. So it is possible to present information in table or distribution oriented formats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When displaying relational data tables, InfoZoom uses one row for each record. This data can be sorted sequential, hierarchical or in any other way the user wants it to be sorted. If necessary, the user can &amp;quot;zoom&amp;quot; into the information. This happens for example by doubleclicking on attribute values or sets/ranges of values [Mark et al, 2003]. This &amp;quot;zooming&amp;quot; can also be done by selecting columns of a row interactively and then promoting them into qualified records. All other records except those marked as qualified records are hidden instantly, enabling a &amp;quot;zoomed&amp;quot; view on the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom supports data selection and filtering by a single mouse click on a value bin. Values can be rendered interestingly and transitions between set sizes are animated [Wittenburg et al, 2001].&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Software_architecture.gif|200px|thumb|software architecture of InfoZoom V6.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data Source &amp;amp;  Compatibility === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With its versatility and open architecture for quick and easy OEM installation based on commonly used industry standards (ODBC, OLE DB, OLE DB for OLAP, COM, ActiveX) and native interfaces (proALPHA, SAP, Lotus Notes, etc.), InfoZoom offers a major advantage for integration partners. It can also be used as a stand-alone application under Windows. [humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom offers three modes for data analysis: wide table, compressed table and overview [Xie, 2006; Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wide Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide table looks like a table we know from spreadsheets or database tables. Every attribute is shown as a row and the objects as columns. If the windows is not big enough to show all records or attributes, it&#039;s possible to scroll vertically or horizontally. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wide_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Compressed Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compressed table shows all the objects on the screen. Therefor, the objects have to be pushed together. The entries in the database can be sorted either in ascending or descending order, numerical values are displayed by the vertical position of dots. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Compressed_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview Mode ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the overview mode it is possible to sort the content independently for every attributes row, identical values are placed together in a cell. The frequency of this value is represented as the column width. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Overview_mode.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for data or find patterns in a dataset by using filters. It is possible to look for a specific value or value range on an attribute. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Derived Attribute ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attributes and derived atrributes can be combined by the user. The new value is calculated from the values of one or two already existing attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Graphics Report ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic Reports can be created with different styles, e.g. Pie, Donut, Bar, Horiz Bar, Line, Area, Point, Bubble, Volume, ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Chart.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is often used for Visual Data Mining (VDM), a process which aims at the recognition of patterns in data by an human expert. VDM makes use of an technique called focus+context. Here, it&#039;s possible for the expert to show focused and contextual information at the same time. [Kort, 2004]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infozoom can be used for a wide range of areas, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|&lt;br /&gt;
* Ad hoc evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Data cleansing &lt;br /&gt;
* Data selection &lt;br /&gt;
* Data management &lt;br /&gt;
* Data format verification &lt;br /&gt;
* Data migration &lt;br /&gt;
* Data plausibility &lt;br /&gt;
* Data quality &lt;br /&gt;
* Data checking &lt;br /&gt;
* Gap analysis|&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example ==&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a special Version of InfoZoom called &#039;InfoZoom JApp&#039;, which is used to present data on the internet or intranet, can be viewed at the InfoZoom homepage: http://www.infozoom.com/files/japp/bank/enu/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Created at: 2009. Retrieved at: November 4, 2009. http://infozoom.com/244/-/product.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2006] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Retrieved at: October 30, 2006. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Kort, 2004] Alexander Kort. Visual Data Mining and Zoomable Interfaces. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 9th international conference on Intelligent user interface&#039;&#039;. pages 274-276, New York, NY, 2004. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Mark et al, 2003] Gloria Mark, Keri Carpenter, Alfred Kobsa. Are There Benefits in Seeing Double? A Study of Collaborative Information Visualization. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;03 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 840-841, Irvine, CA, April 2003. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Spenke, 2000] Michael Spenke and Christian Beilken. InfoZoom - Analysing Formula One Racing Results With an Interactive Data Mining and Visualisation Tool. In &#039;&#039;Second Conference on Data Mining 2000&#039;&#039;, pages 1-11, Cambridge, UK. Created at: July 2000, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://www.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~silvia/wien/vu-infovis/articles/spenke00infozoom.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wittenburg et al, 2001] Kent Wittenburg, Tom Lanning, Michael Heinrichs, Michael Stanton. Parallel bargrams for consumer-based information exploration and choice. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 14th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 51-60, Waltham, MA, November 2001. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Xie, 2006] Zaixian Xie, Review on InfoZoom. Worcester Polytechnic Insitute: Course Data Visualization. Created at: February 1, 2006. Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://users.wpi.edu/~xiezx/courses/cs525d/infozoom/infozoom.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009] Fraunhofer-Institut füt Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT. InfoZoom - Ein Werkzeug zur Informationsvisualisierung Created at: August 27, 2009. Retreived at: November 22, 2009. http://www.fit.fraunhofer.de/projects/prozesse/infozoom.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23496</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23496"/>
		<updated>2009-11-25T21:37:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mac OS===&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag and drop implementation was developed for the first Macintosh Computer for manipulating files. In System 7 it was possible to open a document by dragging and dropping it on an application icon.&lt;br /&gt;
Since System 7.5, it is possible to use drag and drop in clipboard applications, for example for moving text to another position. Mac OS X allows to install programs by the use of drag-and-drop.  [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
===Microsoft Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
The very first drag and drop implementation for Microsoft Windows was developed by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 for the shareware program &amp;quot;Aporia&amp;quot; and was later commercialized as WinTools. &lt;br /&gt;
All the possible functions could be obtained by double clicking on the left mouse button or by single clicking on the right button on the icon. It was also possible to drag an icon onto other icons that represented different functions, such as printing, copying etc. It was also possible to stop running programs by dragging the representing icon to the trash.&lt;br /&gt;
Later, other companies provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft released an own drag &amp;amp; drop model. [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drag operation can be cancelled by pressing KCancel (usually Escape). It is also possible to request for help about a drop site by pressing KHelp (usually F1) after dragging an object to that specific drop site. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is very similar to the problem of annotation on maps, where geographical labels (city names, state names etc) are placed on the map close to the features. Exploring that problem has a very long history, but the dynamics of the computer screen provides new opportunities (Figure 1). However, annotation is mainly seen as an authoring process by experts, either to show or hide annotations. There are different variations of placements of labels on markers in information visualization tasks, for example, tree structures like the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or medical histories like LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus in annotation is to automatically place the labels in a way that overlapping is reduced, but it is also necessary to place labels manually, for example for post it notes, on documents, photos, maps etc. Manual annotation are very often explored with continuing innovations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users. They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. | [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23493</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23493"/>
		<updated>2009-11-25T14:08:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mac OS===&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag and drop implementation was developed for the first Macintosh Computer for manipulating files. In System 7 it was possible to open a document by dragging and dropping it on an application icon.&lt;br /&gt;
Since System 7.5, it is possible to use drag and drop in clipboard applications, for example for moving text to another position. Mac OS X allows to install programs by the use of drag-and-drop.  [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
===Microsoft Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
The very first drag and drop implementation for Microsoft Windows was developed by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 for the shareware program &amp;quot;Aporia&amp;quot; and was later commercialized as WinTools. &lt;br /&gt;
All the possible functions could be obtained by double clicking on the left mouse button or by single clicking on the right button on the icon. It was also possible to drag an icon onto other icons that represented different functions, such as printing, copying etc. It was also possible to stop running programs by dragging the representing icon to the trash.&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own. [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drag operation can be cancelled by pressing KCancel (usually Escape). It is also possible to request for help about a drop site by pressing KHelp (usually F1) after dragging an object to that specific drop site. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia: CPOF, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is very similar to the problem of annotation on maps, where geographical labels (city names, state names etc) are placed on the map close to the features. Exploring that problem has a very long history, but the dynamics of the computer screen provides new opportunities (Figure 1). However, annotation is mainly seen as an authoring process by experts, either to show or hide annotations. There are different variations of placements of labels on markers in information visualization tasks, for example, tree structures like the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or medical histories like LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus in annotation is to automatically place the labels in a way that overlapping is reduced, but it is also necessary to place labels manually, for example for post it notes, on documents, photos, maps etc. Manual annotation are very often explored with continuing innovations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users. They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. | [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23492</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23492"/>
		<updated>2009-11-25T14:03:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mac OS===&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag and drop implementation was developed for the first Macintosh Computer for manipulating files. In System 7 it was possible to open a document by dragging and dropping it on an application icon.&lt;br /&gt;
Since System 7.5, it is possible to use drag and drop in clipboard applications, for example for moving text to another position. Mac OS X allows to install programs by the use of drag-and-drop.  [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
===Microsoft Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
The very first drag and drop implementation for Microsoft Windows was developed by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 for the shareware program &amp;quot;Aporia&amp;quot; and was later commercialized as WinTools. &lt;br /&gt;
All the possible functions could be obtained by double clicking on the left mouse button or by single clicking on the right button on the icon. It was also possible to drag an icon onto other icons that represented different functions, such as printing, copying etc. It was also possible to stop running programs by dragging the representing icon to the trash.&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own. [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia: CPOF, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is very similar to the problem of annotation on maps, where geographical labels (city names, state names etc) are placed on the map close to the features. Exploring that problem has a very long history, but the dynamics of the computer screen provides new opportunities (Figure 1). However, annotation is mainly seen as an authoring process by experts, either to show or hide annotations. There are different variations of placements of labels on markers in information visualization tasks, for example, tree structures like the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or medical histories like LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus in annotation is to automatically place the labels in a way that overlapping is reduced, but it is also necessary to place labels manually, for example for post it notes, on documents, photos, maps etc. Manual annotation are very often explored with continuing innovations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users. They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. | [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23490</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 03 - Aufgabe 1 - InfoZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23490"/>
		<updated>2009-11-25T13:49:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|InfoZoom displays database relations in tables with attributes as rows and objects as columns.| [Spenke, 2000]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{definition|InfoZoom is a computer application that helps users to analyze and display large amounts of data in three different view modes, depending how much data should be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom processes different types of data, which can be displayed in table form. The core piece of InfoZoom is a very innovative visualisation technique, that allows to display large ammounts of data in three different view modes.&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is developed by the company humanIT, a spin-off of Fraunhofer Society and subsidiary company of proALPHA Software AG. }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom evolved from another system called FOCUS, a focus+context table layout [Kort, 2004].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The current and newest version is InfoZoom V6.0 [humanIT, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Primarily, InfoZoom was developed for manipulating tables. By default it uses parallel bargrams for larger sizes of data sets and special focus+context tables for smaller ones [Wittenburg et al, 2001]. So it is possible to present information in table or distribution oriented formats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When displaying relational data tables, InfoZoom uses one row for each record. This data can be sorted sequential, hierarchical or in any other way the user wants it to be sorted. If necessary, the user can &amp;quot;zoom&amp;quot; into the information. This happens for example by doubleclicking on attribute values or sets/ranges of values [Mark et al, 2003]. This &amp;quot;zooming&amp;quot; can also be done by selecting columns of a row interactively and then promoting them into qualified records. All other records except those marked as qualified records are hidden instantly, enabling a &amp;quot;zoomed&amp;quot; view on the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary interactions supported in InfoZoom are simple selection and filtering, accomplished with a single mouse click on a value bin. Interesting graphical renderings of values are included. Animation is used to transition between set sizes. [Wittenburg et al, 2001]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Software_architecture.gif|200px|thumb|software architecture of InfoZoom V6.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data Source &amp;amp;  Compatibility === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With its versatility and open architecture for quick and easy OEM installation based on commonly used industry standards (ODBC, OLE DB, OLE DB for OLAP, COM, ActiveX) and native interfaces (proALPHA, SAP, Lotus Notes, etc.), InfoZoom offers a major advantage for integration partners. It can also be used as a stand-alone application under Windows. [humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom offers three modes for data analysis: wide table, compressed table and overview [Xie, 2006; Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wide Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide table looks like a table we know from spreadsheets or database tables. Every attribute is shown as a row and the objects as columns. If the windows is not big enough to show all records or attributes, it&#039;s possible to scroll vertically or horizontally. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wide_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Compressed Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compressed table shows all the objects on the screen. Therefor, the objects have to be pushed together. The entries in the database can be sorted either in ascending or descending order, numerical values are displayed by the vertical position of dots. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Compressed_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview Mode ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the overview mode it is possible to sort the content independently for every attributes row, identical values are placed together in a cell. The frequency of this value is represented as the column width. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Overview_mode.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for data or find patterns in a dataset by using filters. It is possible to look for a specific value or value range on an attribute. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Derived Attribute ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attributes and derived atrributes can be combined by the user. The new value is calculated from the values of one or two already existing attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Graphics Report ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic Reports can be created with different styles, e.g. Pie, Donut, Bar, Horiz Bar, Line, Area, Point, Bubble, Volume, ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Chart.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is often used for Visual Data Mining (VDM), a process which aims at the recognition of patterns in data by an human expert. VDM makes use of an technique called focus+context. Here, it&#039;s possible for the expert to show focused and contextual information at the same time. [Kort, 2004]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infozoom can be used for a wide range of areas, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|&lt;br /&gt;
* Ad hoc evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Data cleansing &lt;br /&gt;
* Data selection &lt;br /&gt;
* Data management &lt;br /&gt;
* Data format verification &lt;br /&gt;
* Data migration &lt;br /&gt;
* Data plausibility &lt;br /&gt;
* Data quality &lt;br /&gt;
* Data checking &lt;br /&gt;
* Gap analysis|&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example ==&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a special Version of InfoZoom called &#039;InfoZoom JApp&#039;, which is used to present data on the internet or intranet, can be viewed at the InfoZoom homepage: http://www.infozoom.com/files/japp/bank/enu/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Created at: 2009. Retrieved at: November 4, 2009. http://infozoom.com/244/-/product.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2006] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Retrieved at: October 30, 2006. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Kort, 2004] Alexander Kort. Visual Data Mining and Zoomable Interfaces. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 9th international conference on Intelligent user interface&#039;&#039;. pages 274-276, New York, NY, 2004. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Mark et al, 2003] Gloria Mark, Keri Carpenter, Alfred Kobsa. Are There Benefits in Seeing Double? A Study of Collaborative Information Visualization. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;03 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 840-841, Irvine, CA, April 2003. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Spenke, 2000] Michael Spenke and Christian Beilken. InfoZoom - Analysing Formula One Racing Results With an Interactive Data Mining and Visualisation Tool. In &#039;&#039;Second Conference on Data Mining 2000&#039;&#039;, pages 1-11, Cambridge, UK. Created at: July 2000, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://www.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~silvia/wien/vu-infovis/articles/spenke00infozoom.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wittenburg et al, 2001] Kent Wittenburg, Tom Lanning, Michael Heinrichs, Michael Stanton. Parallel bargrams for consumer-based information exploration and choice. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 14th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 51-60, Waltham, MA, November 2001. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Xie, 2006] Zaixian Xie, Review on InfoZoom. Worcester Polytechnic Insitute: Course Data Visualization. Created at: February 1, 2006. Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://users.wpi.edu/~xiezx/courses/cs525d/infozoom/infozoom.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009] Fraunhofer-Institut füt Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT. InfoZoom - Ein Werkzeug zur Informationsvisualisierung Created at: August 27, 2009. Retreived at: November 22, 2009. http://www.fit.fraunhofer.de/projects/prozesse/infozoom.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23485</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23485"/>
		<updated>2009-11-24T18:00:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mac OS===&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag and drop implementation was developed for the first Macintosh Computer for manipulating files. In System 7 it was possible to open a document by dragging and dropping it on an application icon.&lt;br /&gt;
Since System 7.5, it is possible to use drag and drop in clipboard applications, for example for moving text to another position. Mac OS X allows to install programs by the use of drag-and-drop.  [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
===Microsoft Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
The very first drag and drop implementation for Microsoft Windows was developed by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 for the shareware program &amp;quot;Aporia&amp;quot; and was later commercialized as WinTools. &lt;br /&gt;
In Aporia/WinTools all icons had functions that could be obtained by double clicking the left mouse button, by clicking on the right mouse button, or by dragging onto one of several functional icons, such as printing, copying, viewing, and other actions. If an icon was double-clicked on and ran a program, the icon changed to indicate that a program was running, and if it was then dragged to the trash, the program was exited. &lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own. [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia: CPOF, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is very similar to the problem of annotation on maps, where geographical labels (city names, state names etc) are placed on the map close to the features. Exploring that problem has a very long history, but the dynamics of the computer screen provides new opportunities (Figure 1). However, annotation is mainly seen as an authoring process by experts, either to show or hide annotations. There are different variations of placements of labels on markers in information visualization tasks, for example, tree structures like the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or medical histories like LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus in annotation is to automatically place the labels in a way that overlapping is reduced, but it is also necessary to place labels manually, for example for post it notes, on documents, photos, maps etc. Manual annotation are very often explored with continuing innovations.&lt;br /&gt;
While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users.  They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23484</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23484"/>
		<updated>2009-11-24T18:00:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
===Mac OS===&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag and drop implementation was developed for the first Macintosh Computer for manipulating files. In System 7 it was possible to open a document by dragging and dropping it on an application icon.&lt;br /&gt;
Since System 7.5, it is possible to use drag and drop in clipboard applications, for example for moving text to another position. Mac OS X allows to install programs by the use of drag-and-drop.  [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Microsoft Windows===&lt;br /&gt;
The very first drag and drop implementation for Microsoft Windows was developed by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 for the shareware program &amp;quot;Aporia&amp;quot; and was later commercialized as WinTools. &lt;br /&gt;
In Aporia/WinTools all icons had functions that could be obtained by double clicking the left mouse button, by clicking on the right mouse button, or by dragging onto one of several functional icons, such as printing, copying, viewing, and other actions. If an icon was double-clicked on and ran a program, the icon changed to indicate that a program was running, and if it was then dragged to the trash, the program was exited. &lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own. [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia: CPOF, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is very similar to the problem of annotation on maps, where geographical labels (city names, state names etc) are placed on the map close to the features. Exploring that problem has a very long history, but the dynamics of the computer screen provides new opportunities (Figure 1). However, annotation is mainly seen as an authoring process by experts, either to show or hide annotations. There are different variations of placements of labels on markers in information visualization tasks, for example, tree structures like the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or medical histories like LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus in annotation is to automatically place the labels in a way that overlapping is reduced, but it is also necessary to place labels manually, for example for post it notes, on documents, photos, maps etc. Manual annotation are very often explored with continuing innovations.&lt;br /&gt;
While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users.  They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23483</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23483"/>
		<updated>2009-11-24T17:24:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The very first drag and drop implementation for Microsoft Windows was developed by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 for the shareware program &amp;quot;Aporia&amp;quot; and was later commercialized as WinTools. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This program elaborated the single icon on the Macintosh that supported drag &amp;amp; drop, the trash icon. In Aporia/WinTools all icons had functions that could be obtained by double clicking the left mouse button, by clicking on the right mouse button, or by dragging onto one of several functional icons, such as printing, copying, viewing, and other actions. If an icon was double-clicked on and ran a program, the icon changed to indicate that a program was running, and if it was then dragged to the trash, the program was exited. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own. [Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia: CPOF, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is very similar to the problem of annotation on maps, where geographical labels (city names, state names etc) are placed on the map close to the features. Exploring that problem has a very long history, but the dynamics of the computer screen provides new opportunities (Figure 1). However, annotation is mainly seen as an authoring process by experts, either to show or hide annotations. There are different variations of placements of labels on markers in information visualization tasks, for example, tree structures like the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or medical histories like LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus in annotation is to automatically place the labels in a way that overlapping is reduced, but it is also necessary to place labels manually, for example for post it notes, on documents, photos, maps etc. Manual annotation are very often explored with continuing innovations.&lt;br /&gt;
While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users.  They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23482</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23482"/>
		<updated>2009-11-24T17:17:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag &amp;amp; drop implementation for Windows was a shareware program called Aporia by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 under Windows 2.0, and later commercialized as WinTools. This program elaborated the single icon on the Macintosh that supported drag &amp;amp; drop, the trash icon. In Aporia/WinTools all icons had functions that could be obtained by double clicking the left mouse button, by clicking on the right mouse button, or by dragging onto one of several functional icons, such as printing, copying, viewing, and other actions. If an icon was double-clicked on and ran a program, the icon changed to indicate that a program was running, and if it was then dragged to the trash, the program was exited. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia: CPOF, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is very similar to the problem of annotation on maps, where geographical labels (city names, state names etc) are placed on the map close to the features. Exploring that problem has a very long history, but the dynamics of the computer screen provides new opportunities (Figure 1). However, annotation is mainly seen as an authoring process by experts, either to show or hide annotations. There are different variations of placements of labels on markers in information visualization tasks, for example, tree structures like the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or medical histories like LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus in annotation is to automatically place the labels in a way that overlapping is reduced, but it is also necessary to place labels manually, for example for post it notes, on documents, photos, maps etc. Manual annotation are very often explored with continuing innovations.&lt;br /&gt;
While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users.  They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23481</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23481"/>
		<updated>2009-11-24T17:16:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia: Drag-and-Drop, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag &amp;amp; drop implementation for Windows was a shareware program called Aporia by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 under Windows 2.0, and later commercialized as WinTools. This program elaborated the single icon on the Macintosh that supported drag &amp;amp; drop, the trash icon. In Aporia/WinTools all icons had functions that could be obtained by double clicking the left mouse button, by clicking on the right mouse button, or by dragging onto one of several functional icons, such as printing, copying, viewing, and other actions. If an icon was double-clicked on and ran a program, the icon changed to indicate that a program was running, and if it was then dragged to the trash, the program was exited. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is very similar to the problem of annotation on maps, where geographical labels (city names, state names etc) are placed on the map close to the features. Exploring that problem has a very long history, but the dynamics of the computer screen provides new opportunities (Figure 1). However, annotation is mainly seen as an authoring process by experts, either to show or hide annotations. There are different variations of placements of labels on markers in information visualization tasks, for example, tree structures like the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or medical histories like LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus in annotation is to automatically place the labels in a way that overlapping is reduced, but it is also necessary to place labels manually, for example for post it notes, on documents, photos, maps etc. Manual annotation are very often explored with continuing innovations.&lt;br /&gt;
While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users.  They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23480</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23480"/>
		<updated>2009-11-24T17:15:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag &amp;amp; drop implementation for Windows was a shareware program called Aporia by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 under Windows 2.0, and later commercialized as WinTools. This program elaborated the single icon on the Macintosh that supported drag &amp;amp; drop, the trash icon. In Aporia/WinTools all icons had functions that could be obtained by double clicking the left mouse button, by clicking on the right mouse button, or by dragging onto one of several functional icons, such as printing, copying, viewing, and other actions. If an icon was double-clicked on and ran a program, the icon changed to indicate that a program was running, and if it was then dragged to the trash, the program was exited. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is very similar to the problem of annotation on maps, where geographical labels (city names, state names etc) are placed on the map close to the features. Exploring that problem has a very long history, but the dynamics of the computer screen provides new opportunities (Figure 1). However, annotation is mainly seen as an authoring process by experts, either to show or hide annotations. There are different variations of placements of labels on markers in information visualization tasks, for example, tree structures like the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or medical histories like LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus in annotation is to automatically place the labels in a way that overlapping is reduced, but it is also necessary to place labels manually, for example for post it notes, on documents, photos, maps etc. Manual annotation are very often explored with continuing innovations.&lt;br /&gt;
While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users.  They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23479</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23479"/>
		<updated>2009-11-24T16:09:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag &amp;amp; drop implementation for Windows was a shareware program called Aporia by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 under Windows 2.0, and later commercialized as WinTools. This program elaborated the single icon on the Macintosh that supported drag &amp;amp; drop, the trash icon. In Aporia/WinTools all icons had functions that could be obtained by double clicking the left mouse button, by clicking on the right mouse button, or by dragging onto one of several functional icons, such as printing, copying, viewing, and other actions. If an icon was double-clicked on and ran a program, the icon changed to indicate that a program was running, and if it was then dragged to the trash, the program was exited. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is very similar to the problem of annotation on maps, where geographical labels (city names, state names etc) are placed on the map close to the features. Exploring that problem has a very long history, but the dynamics of the computer screen provides new opportunities (Figure 1). However, annotation is usually seen as an authoring process conducted by specialists and users only chose whether to show or hide annotations. Variations on annotation also come from the placement of labels on markers in information visualization tasks such as in tree structures, such in the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or in medical histories, such as LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The focus in annotation is to automatically place the labels in a way that overlapping is reduced, but it is also necessary to place labels manually, for example for post it notes, on documents, photos, maps etc. Manual annotation are very often explored with continuing innovations.&lt;br /&gt;
While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users.  They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23478</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 03 - Aufgabe 1 - InfoZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23478"/>
		<updated>2009-11-24T15:31:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: umgeschrieben in eigene worte&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|InfoZoom displays database relations in tables with attributes as rows and objects as columns.| [Spenke, 2000]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{definition|InfoZoom is a computer application that helps users to analyze and display large amounts of data in three different view modes, depending how much data should be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom processes different types of data, which can be displayed in table form. The core piece of InfoZoom is a very innovative visualisation technique, that allows to display large ammounts of data in three different view modes.&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is developed by the company humanIT, a spin-off of Fraunhofer Society and subsidiary company of proALPHA Software AG.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom evolved from another system called FOCUS, a focus+context table layout [Kort, 2004].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The current and newest version is InfoZoom V6.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Primarily, InfoZoom was developed for manipulating tables. By default it uses parallel bargrams for larger sizes of data sets and special focus+context tables for smaller ones [Wittenburg et al, 2001]. So it is possible to present information in table or distribution oriented formats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When displaying relational data tables, InfoZoom uses one row for each record. This data can be sorted sequential, hierarchical or in any other way the user wants it to be sorted. If necessary, the user can &amp;quot;zoom&amp;quot; into the information. This happens for example by doubleclicking on attribute values or sets/ranges of values [Mark et al, 2003]. This &amp;quot;zooming&amp;quot; can also be done by selecting columns of a row interactively and then promoting them into qualified records. All other records except those marked as qualified records are hidden instantly, enabling a &amp;quot;zoomed&amp;quot; view on the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary interactions supported in InfoZoom are simple selection and filtering, accomplished with a single mouse click on a value bin. Interesting graphical renderings of values are included. Animation is used to transition between set sizes. [Wittenburg et al, 2001]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Software_architecture.gif|200px|thumb|software architecture of InfoZoom V6.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data Source &amp;amp;  Compatibility === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With its versatility and open architecture for quick and easy OEM installation based on commonly used industry standards (ODBC, OLE DB, OLE DB for OLAP, COM, ActiveX) and native interfaces (proALPHA, SAP, Lotus Notes, etc.), InfoZoom offers a major advantage for integration partners. It can also be used as a stand-alone application under Windows. [humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom offers three modes for data analysis: wide table, compressed table and overview [Xie, 2006; Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wide Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide table looks like a table we know from spreadsheets or database tables. Every attribute is shown as a row and the objects as columns. If the windows is not big enough to show all records or attributes, it&#039;s possible to scroll vertically or horizontally. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wide_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Compressed Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compressed table shows all the objects on the screen. Therefor, the objects have to be pushed together. The entries in the database can be sorted either in ascending or descending order, numerical values are displayed by the vertical position of dots. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Compressed_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview Mode ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the overview mode it is possible to sort the content independently for every attributes row, identical values are placed together in a cell. The frequency of this value is represented as the column width. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Overview_mode.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for data or find patterns in a dataset by using filters. It is possible to look for a specific value or value range on an attribute. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Derived Attribute ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attributes and derived atrributes can be combined by the user. The new value is calculated from the values of one or two already existing attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Graphics Report ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic Reports can be created with different styles, e.g. Pie, Donut, Bar, Horiz Bar, Line, Area, Point, Bubble, Volume, ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Chart.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is often used for Visual Data Mining (VDM), a process which aims at the recognition of patterns in data by an human expert. VDM makes use of an technique called focus+context. Here, it&#039;s possible for the expert to show focused and contextual information at the same time. [Kort, 2004]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infozoom can be used for a wide range of areas, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|&lt;br /&gt;
* Ad hoc evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Data cleansing &lt;br /&gt;
* Data selection &lt;br /&gt;
* Data management &lt;br /&gt;
* Data format verification &lt;br /&gt;
* Data migration &lt;br /&gt;
* Data plausibility &lt;br /&gt;
* Data quality &lt;br /&gt;
* Data checking &lt;br /&gt;
* Gap analysis|&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example ==&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a special Version of InfoZoom called &#039;InfoZoom JApp&#039;, which is used to present data on the internet or intranet, can be viewed at the InfoZoom homepage: http://www.infozoom.com/files/japp/bank/enu/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Created at: 2009. Retrieved at: November 4, 2009. http://infozoom.com/244/-/product.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2006] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Retrieved at: October 30, 2006. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Kort, 2004] Alexander Kort. Visual Data Mining and Zoomable Interfaces. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 9th international conference on Intelligent user interface&#039;&#039;. pages 274-276, New York, NY, 2004. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Mark et al, 2003] Gloria Mark, Keri Carpenter, Alfred Kobsa. Are There Benefits in Seeing Double? A Study of Collaborative Information Visualization. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;03 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 840-841, Irvine, CA, April 2003. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Spenke, 2000] Michael Spenke and Christian Beilken. InfoZoom - Analysing Formula One Racing Results With an Interactive Data Mining and Visualisation Tool. In &#039;&#039;Second Conference on Data Mining 2000&#039;&#039;, pages 1-11, Cambridge, UK. Created at: July 2000, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://www.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~silvia/wien/vu-infovis/articles/spenke00infozoom.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wittenburg et al, 2001] Kent Wittenburg, Tom Lanning, Michael Heinrichs, Michael Stanton. Parallel bargrams for consumer-based information exploration and choice. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 14th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 51-60, Waltham, MA, November 2001. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Xie, 2006] Zaixian Xie, Review on InfoZoom. Worcester Polytechnic Insitute: Course Data Visualization. Created at: February 1, 2006. Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://users.wpi.edu/~xiezx/courses/cs525d/infozoom/infozoom.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009] Fraunhofer-Institut füt Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT. InfoZoom - Ein Werkzeug zur Informationsvisualisierung Created at: August 27, 2009. Retreived at: November 22, 2009. http://www.fit.fraunhofer.de/projects/prozesse/infozoom.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23477</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 03 - Aufgabe 1 - InfoZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23477"/>
		<updated>2009-11-24T14:12:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|InfoZoom displays database relations in tables with attributes as rows and objects as columns.| [Spenke, 2000]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{definition|InfoZoom is a computer application that helps users to analyze and display large amounts of data in three different view modes, depending how much data should be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom processes different types of data, which can be displayed in table form. The core piece of InfoZoom is a very innovative visualisation technique, that allows to display large ammounts of data in three different view modes.&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is developed by the company humanIT, a spin-off of Fraunhofer Society and subsidiary company of proALPHA Software AG.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom evolved from another system called FOCUS, a focus+context table layout [Kort, 2004].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The current and newest version is InfoZoom V6.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Primarily, InfoZoom was developed for manipulating tables. By default it uses parallel bargrams for larger sizes of data sets and special focus+context tables for smaller ones [Wittenburg et al, 2001]. So it is possible to present information in table or distribution oriented formats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When displaying relational data tables, InfoZoom uses one row for each record. This data can be sorted sequential, hierarchical or in any other way the user wants it to be sorted. If necessary, the user can &amp;quot;zoom&amp;quot; into the information. This happens for example by doubleclicking on attribute values or sets/ranges of values [Mark et al, 2003]. This &amp;quot;zooming&amp;quot; can also be done by selecting columns of a row interactively and then promoting them into qualified records. All other records except those marked as qualified records are hidden instantly, enabling a &amp;quot;zoomed&amp;quot; view on the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary interactions supported in InfoZoom are simple selection and filtering, accomplished with a single mouse click on a value bin. Interesting graphical renderings of values are included. Animation is used to transition between set sizes. [Wittenburg et al, 2001]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Software_architecture.gif|200px|thumb|software architecture of InfoZoom V6.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data Source &amp;amp;  Compatibility === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With its versatility and open architecture for quick and easy OEM installation based on commonly used industry standards (ODBC, OLE DB, OLE DB for OLAP, COM, ActiveX) and native interfaces (proALPHA, SAP, Lotus Notes, etc.), InfoZoom offers a major advantage for integration partners. It can also be used as a stand-alone application under Windows. [humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom offers three modes for data analysis: wide table, compressed table and overview [Xie, 2006; Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wide Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide table looks like a table we know from spreadsheets or database tables. Every attribute is shown as a row and the objects as columns. If the windows is not big enough to show all records or attributes, it&#039;s possible to scroll vertically or horizontally. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wide_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Compressed Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compressed table shows all objects pushed together to fit on the screen. Numerical values are represented by the vertical position of dots. The data can be sorted by individual attributes in ascending or descendig order. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Compressed_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview Mode ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The overview mode allows that the content of each attributes row are sorted independently. The identical values are placed together in a cell. The width of the cell represents the frequency of this value. [Xie, 2006] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Overview_mode.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for data or find patterns in a dataset by using filters. It is possible to look for a specific value or value range on an attribute. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Derived Attribute ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attributes and derived atrributes can be combined by the user. The new value is calculated from the values of one or two already existing attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Graphics Report ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic Reports can be created with different styles, e.g. Pie, Donut, Bar, Horiz Bar, Line, Area, Point, Bubble, Volume, ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Chart.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is often used for Visual Data Mining (VDM), a process which aims at the recognition of patterns in data by an human expert. VDM makes use of an technique called focus+context. Here, it&#039;s possible for the expert to show focused and contextual information at the same time. [Kort, 2004]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infozoom can be used for a wide range of areas, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|&lt;br /&gt;
* Ad hoc evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Data cleansing &lt;br /&gt;
* Data selection &lt;br /&gt;
* Data management &lt;br /&gt;
* Data format verification &lt;br /&gt;
* Data migration &lt;br /&gt;
* Data plausibility &lt;br /&gt;
* Data quality &lt;br /&gt;
* Data checking &lt;br /&gt;
* Gap analysis|&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example ==&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a special Version of InfoZoom called &#039;InfoZoom JApp&#039;, which is used to present data on the internet or intranet, can be viewed at the InfoZoom homepage: http://www.infozoom.com/files/japp/bank/enu/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Created at: 2009. Retrieved at: November 4, 2009. http://infozoom.com/244/-/product.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2006] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Retrieved at: October 30, 2006. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Kort, 2004] Alexander Kort. Visual Data Mining and Zoomable Interfaces. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 9th international conference on Intelligent user interface&#039;&#039;. pages 274-276, New York, NY, 2004. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Mark et al, 2003] Gloria Mark, Keri Carpenter, Alfred Kobsa. Are There Benefits in Seeing Double? A Study of Collaborative Information Visualization. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;03 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 840-841, Irvine, CA, April 2003. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Spenke, 2000] Michael Spenke and Christian Beilken. InfoZoom - Analysing Formula One Racing Results With an Interactive Data Mining and Visualisation Tool. In &#039;&#039;Second Conference on Data Mining 2000&#039;&#039;, pages 1-11, Cambridge, UK. Created at: July 2000, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://www.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~silvia/wien/vu-infovis/articles/spenke00infozoom.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wittenburg et al, 2001] Kent Wittenburg, Tom Lanning, Michael Heinrichs, Michael Stanton. Parallel bargrams for consumer-based information exploration and choice. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 14th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 51-60, Waltham, MA, November 2001. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Xie, 2006] Zaixian Xie, Review on InfoZoom. Worcester Polytechnic Insitute: Course Data Visualization. Created at: February 1, 2006. Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://users.wpi.edu/~xiezx/courses/cs525d/infozoom/infozoom.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009] Fraunhofer-Institut füt Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT. InfoZoom - Ein Werkzeug zur Informationsvisualisierung Created at: August 27, 2009. Retreived at: November 22, 2009. http://www.fit.fraunhofer.de/projects/prozesse/infozoom.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23463</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 03 - Aufgabe 1 - InfoZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23463"/>
		<updated>2009-11-22T15:47:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
{{definition|InfoZoom is a computer application that helps users to analyze and display large amounts of data in three different view modes, depending how much data should be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom processes different types of data, which can be displayed in table form. The core piece of InfoZoom is a very innovative visualisation technique, that allows to display large ammounts of data in three different view modes.&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is developed by the company humanIT, a spin-off of Fraunhofer Society and subsidiary company of proALPHA Software AG.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom evolved from another system called FOCUS, a focus+context table layout [Kort, 2004].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The current and newest version is InfoZoom V6.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Primarily, InfoZoom was developed for manipulating tables. By default it uses parallel bargrams for larger sizes of data sets and special focus+context tables for smaller ones [Wittenburg et al, 2001]. So it is possible to present information in table or distribution oriented formats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When displaying relational data tables, InfoZoom uses one row for each record. This data can be sorted sequential, hierarchical or in any other way the user wants it to be sorted. If necessary, the user can &amp;quot;zoom&amp;quot; into the information. This happens for example by doubleclicking on attribute values or sets/ranges of values [Mark et al, 2003]. This &amp;quot;zooming&amp;quot; can also be done by selecting columns of a row interactively and then promoting them into qualified records. All other records except those marked as qualified records are hidden instantly, enabling a &amp;quot;zoomed&amp;quot; view on the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary interactions supported in InfoZoom are simple selection and filtering, accomplished with a single mouse click on a value bin. Interesting graphical renderings of values are included. Animation is used to transition between set sizes. [Wittenburg et al, 2001]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Software_architecture.gif|200px|thumb|software architecture of InfoZoom V6.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data Source &amp;amp;  Compatibility === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With its versatility and open architecture for quick and easy OEM installation based on commonly used industry standards (ODBC, OLE DB, OLE DB for OLAP, COM, ActiveX) and native interfaces (proALPHA, SAP, Lotus Notes, etc.), InfoZoom offers a major advantage for integration partners. It can also be used as a stand-alone application under Windows. [humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom offers three modes for data analysis: wide table, compressed table and overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wide Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide table looks like a table we know from spreadsheets or database tables. Every attribute is shown as a row and the objects as columns. If the windows is not big enough to show all records or attributes, it&#039;s possible to scroll vertically or horizontally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wide_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Compressed Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compressed table shows all objects pushed together to fit on the screen. Numerical values are represented by the vertical position of dots. The data can be sorted by individual attributes in ascending or descendig order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Compressed_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview Mode ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The overview mode allows that the content of each attributes row are sorted independently. The identical values are placed together in a cell. The width of the cell represents the frequency of this value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Overview_mode.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for data or find patterns in a dataset by using filters. It is possible to look for a specific value or value range on an attribute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Derived Attribute ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attributes and derived atrributes can be combined by the user. The new value is calculated from the values of one or two already existing attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Graphics Report ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic Reports can be created with different styles, e.g. Pie, Donut, Bar, Horiz Bar, Line, Area, Point, Bubble, Volume, ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Chart.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is often used for Visual Data Mining (VDM), a process which aims at the recognition of patterns in data by an human expert. VDM makes use of an technique called focus+context. Here, it&#039;s possible for the expert to show focused and contextual information at the same time. [Kort, 2004]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infozoom can be used for a wide range of areas, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|&lt;br /&gt;
* Ad hoc evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Data cleansing &lt;br /&gt;
* Data selection &lt;br /&gt;
* Data management &lt;br /&gt;
* Data format verification &lt;br /&gt;
* Data migration &lt;br /&gt;
* Data plausibility &lt;br /&gt;
* Data quality &lt;br /&gt;
* Data checking &lt;br /&gt;
* Gap analysis|&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example ==&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a special Version of InfoZoom called &#039;InfoZoom JApp&#039;, which is used to present data on the internet or intranet, can be viewed at the InfoZoome homepage: http://www.infozoom.com/files/japp/bank/enu/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Created at: 2009. Retrieved at: November 4, 2009. http://infozoom.com/244/-/product.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2006] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Retrieved at: October 30, 2006. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Kort, 2004] Alexander Kort. Visual Data Mining and Zoomable Interfaces. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 9th international conference on Intelligent user interface&#039;&#039;. pages 274-276, New York, NY, 2004. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Mark et al, 2003] Gloria Mark, Keri Carpenter, Alfred Kobsa. Are There Benefits in Seeing Double? A Study of Collaborative Information Visualization. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;03 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 840-841, Irvine, CA, April 2003. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Spenke, 2000] Michael Spenke and Christian Beilken. InfoZoom - Analysing Formula One Racing Results With an Interactive Data Mining and Visualisation Tool. In &#039;&#039;Second Conference on Data Mining 2000&#039;&#039;, pages 1-11, Cambridge, UK. Created at: July 2000, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://www.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~silvia/wien/vu-infovis/articles/spenke00infozoom.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wittenburg et al, 2001] Kent Wittenburg, Tom Lanning, Michael Heinrichs, Michael Stanton. Parallel bargrams for consumer-based information exploration and choice. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 14th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 51-60, Waltham, MA, November 2001. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Xie, 2006] Zaixian Xie, Review on InfoZoom. Worcester Polytechnic Insitute: Course Data Visualization. Created at: February 1, 2006. Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://users.wpi.edu/~xiezx/courses/cs525d/infozoom/infozoom.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009] Fraunhofer-Institut füt Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT. InfoZoom - Ein Werkzeug zur Informationsvisualisierung Created at: August 27, 2009. Retreived at: November 22, 2009. http://www.fit.fraunhofer.de/projects/prozesse/infozoom.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23462</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2006/07 - Gruppe 03 - Aufgabe 1 - InfoZoom</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2006/07_-_Gruppe_03_-_Aufgabe_1_-_InfoZoom&amp;diff=23462"/>
		<updated>2009-11-22T15:39:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
{{definition|InfoZoom is a computer application that helps users to analyze and display large amounts of data in three different view modes, depending how much data should be displayed. &lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is developed by the company humanIT, a spin-off of Fraunhofer Society and subsidiary company of proALPHA Software AG.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== History ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom evolved from another system called FOCUS, a focus+context table layout [Kort, 2004].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The current and newest version is InfoZoom V6.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Primarily, InfoZoom was developed for manipulating tables. By default it uses parallel bargrams for larger sizes of data sets and special focus+context tables for smaller ones [Wittenburg et al, 2001]. So it is possible to present information in table or distribution oriented formats. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When displaying relational data tables, InfoZoom uses one row for each record. This data can be sorted sequential, hierarchical or in any other way the user wants it to be sorted. If necessary, the user can &amp;quot;zoom&amp;quot; into the information. This happens for example by doubleclicking on attribute values or sets/ranges of values [Mark et al, 2003]. This &amp;quot;zooming&amp;quot; can also be done by selecting columns of a row interactively and then promoting them into qualified records. All other records except those marked as qualified records are hidden instantly, enabling a &amp;quot;zoomed&amp;quot; view on the information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The primary interactions supported in InfoZoom are simple selection and filtering, accomplished with a single mouse click on a value bin. Interesting graphical renderings of values are included. Animation is used to transition between set sizes. [Wittenburg et al, 2001]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Software_architecture.gif|200px|thumb|software architecture of InfoZoom V6.0]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Data Source &amp;amp;  Compatibility === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With its versatility and open architecture for quick and easy OEM installation based on commonly used industry standards (ODBC, OLE DB, OLE DB for OLAP, COM, ActiveX) and native interfaces (proALPHA, SAP, Lotus Notes, etc.), InfoZoom offers a major advantage for integration partners. It can also be used as a stand-alone application under Windows. [humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Modes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom offers three modes for data analysis: wide table, compressed table and overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Wide Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The wide table looks like a table we know from spreadsheets or database tables. Every attribute is shown as a row and the objects as columns. If the windows is not big enough to show all records or attributes, it&#039;s possible to scroll vertically or horizontally.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Wide_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Compressed Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The compressed table shows all objects pushed together to fit on the screen. Numerical values are represented by the vertical position of dots. The data can be sorted by individual attributes in ascending or descendig order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Compressed_table.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Overview Mode ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The overview mode allows that the content of each attributes row are sorted independently. The identical values are placed together in a cell. The width of the cell represents the frequency of this value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Overview_mode.gif|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Filter ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can search for data or find patterns in a dataset by using filters. It is possible to look for a specific value or value range on an attribute.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Derived Attribute ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Attributes and derived atrributes can be combined by the user. The new value is calculated from the values of one or two already existing attributes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Graphics Report ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic Reports can be created with different styles, e.g. Pie, Donut, Bar, Horiz Bar, Line, Area, Point, Bubble, Volume, ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Chart.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Use ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
InfoZoom is often used for Visual Data Mining (VDM), a process which aims at the recognition of patterns in data by an human expert. VDM makes use of an technique called focus+context. Here, it&#039;s possible for the expert to show focused and contextual information at the same time. [Kort, 2004]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infozoom can be used for a wide range of areas, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|&lt;br /&gt;
* Ad hoc evaluation&lt;br /&gt;
* Data cleansing &lt;br /&gt;
* Data selection &lt;br /&gt;
* Data management &lt;br /&gt;
* Data format verification &lt;br /&gt;
* Data migration &lt;br /&gt;
* Data plausibility &lt;br /&gt;
* Data quality &lt;br /&gt;
* Data checking &lt;br /&gt;
* Gap analysis|&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Example ==&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a special Version of InfoZoom called &#039;InfoZoom JApp&#039;, which is used to present data on the internet or intranet, can be viewed at the InfoZoome homepage: http://www.infozoom.com/files/japp/bank/enu/index.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2009] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Created at: 2009. Retrieved at: November 4, 2009. http://infozoom.com/244/-/product.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[humanIT, 2006] Author unknown, InfoZoom. humanIT Software GmbH. Retrieved at: October 30, 2006. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Kort, 2004] Alexander Kort. Visual Data Mining and Zoomable Interfaces. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 9th international conference on Intelligent user interface&#039;&#039;. pages 274-276, New York, NY, 2004. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Mark et al, 2003] Gloria Mark, Keri Carpenter, Alfred Kobsa. Are There Benefits in Seeing Double? A Study of Collaborative Information Visualization. In &#039;&#039;CHI &#039;03 extended abstracts on Human factors in computing systems&#039;&#039;, pages 840-841, Irvine, CA, April 2003. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Spenke, 2000] Michael Spenke and Christian Beilken. InfoZoom - Analysing Formula One Racing Results With an Interactive Data Mining and Visualisation Tool. In &#039;&#039;Second Conference on Data Mining 2000&#039;&#039;, pages 1-11, Cambridge, UK. Created at: July 2000, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://www.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~silvia/wien/vu-infovis/articles/spenke00infozoom.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wittenburg et al, 2001] Kent Wittenburg, Tom Lanning, Michael Heinrichs, Michael Stanton. Parallel bargrams for consumer-based information exploration and choice. In &#039;&#039;Proceedings of the 14th annual ACM symposium on User interface software and technology&#039;&#039;, pages 51-60, Waltham, MA, November 2001. ACM Press&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Xie, 2006] Zaixian Xie, Review on InfoZoom. Worcester Polytechnic Insitute: Course Data Visualization. Created at: February 1, 2006. Retrieved at: November 6, 2009. http://users.wpi.edu/~xiezx/courses/cs525d/infozoom/infozoom.htm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Fraunhofer-Institut für Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT, 2009] Fraunhofer-Institut füt Angewandte Informationstechnik FIT. InfoZoom - Ein Werkzeug zur Informationsvisualisierung Created at: August 27, 2009. Retreived at: November 22, 2009. http://www.fit.fraunhofer.de/projects/prozesse/infozoom.html&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23461</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23461"/>
		<updated>2009-11-22T15:24:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag &amp;amp; drop implementation for Windows was a shareware program called Aporia by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 under Windows 2.0, and later commercialized as WinTools. This program elaborated the single icon on the Macintosh that supported drag &amp;amp; drop, the trash icon. In Aporia/WinTools all icons had functions that could be obtained by double clicking the left mouse button, by clicking on the right mouse button, or by dragging onto one of several functional icons, such as printing, copying, viewing, and other actions. If an icon was double-clicked on and ran a program, the icon changed to indicate that a program was running, and if it was then dragged to the trash, the program was exited. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. For further information, see [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is a variation on previously explored problems such as annotation on maps in which the challenge is to place city, state, river, or lake labels close to the features.  There is a long history of work on this problem, but new possibilities emerge because of the dynamics of the computer screen (Figure 1). &lt;br /&gt;
However, annotation is usually seen as an authoring process conducted by specialists and users only chose whether to show or hide annotations. Variations on annotation also come from the placement of labels on markers in information visualization tasks such as in tree structures, such in the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or in medical histories, such as LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous work on annotation focused on writing programs to make label placements that reduced overlaps, but there are many situations in which it is helpful for users to place labels manually, much like post-it notes, on documents, photos, maps, diagrams, webpages, etc.  Annotation of paper and electronic documents by hand is also a much-studied topic with continuing innovations. &lt;br /&gt;
While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users.  They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
For further information, see [Breiteneder et al., 2002].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23395</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23395"/>
		<updated>2009-11-20T16:57:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: references&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is left and makes it difficult to compare the numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
* The order of the values that are compared (2007 and 2008) is confusing because the summary (change) is the wrong way around (6725 compared to 5993 is not an increase of 12%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a ruler under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ruler is in a very light grey (black bold rulers seperates them)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is removed and put in the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is right, so numbers can be compared easliy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent use of thousands separators (comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are added, so the data is optically split into groups that belong together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2nd version ===&lt;br /&gt;
We have made a second version of the table, without switching rows and columns, because according to example 5 of http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html it is also allowed to put time based data into columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_v2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Compared to the first table, the rows and columns are in the same way as in the original table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data is split in two groups because it does not really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces seperate the summary rows from data rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are used to separate the different tables too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[Few, 2004] Stephen Few. Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten. Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 – Table Design &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wallace, 2004] Rosa Wallace, NC State University. Designing Tables. http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23392</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23392"/>
		<updated>2009-11-20T15:34:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag &amp;amp; drop implementation for Windows was a shareware program called Aporia by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 under Windows 2.0, and later commercialized as WinTools. This program elaborated the single icon on the Macintosh that supported drag &amp;amp; drop, the trash icon. In Aporia/WinTools all icons had functions that could be obtained by double clicking the left mouse button, by clicking on the right mouse button, or by dragging onto one of several functional icons, such as printing, copying, viewing, and other actions. If an icon was double-clicked on and ran a program, the icon changed to indicate that a program was running, and if it was then dragged to the trash, the program was exited. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is a variation on previously explored problems such as annotation on maps in which the challenge is to place city, state, river, or lake labels close to the features.  There is a long history of work on this problem, but new possibilities emerge because of the dynamics of the computer screen (Figure 1). &lt;br /&gt;
However, annotation is usually seen as an authoring process conducted by specialists and users only chose whether to show or hide annotations. Variations on annotation also come from the placement of labels on markers in information visualization tasks such as in tree structures, such in the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or in medical histories, such as LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous work on annotation focused on writing programs to make label placements that reduced overlaps, but there are many situations in which it is helpful for users to place labels manually, much like post-it notes, on documents, photos, maps, diagrams, webpages, etc.  Annotation of paper and electronic documents by hand is also a much-studied topic with continuing innovations. &lt;br /&gt;
While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users.  They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or remove &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23391</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2007/08 - Gruppe 01 - Aufgabe 1 - Drag and Drop</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2007/08_-_Gruppe_01_-_Aufgabe_1_-_Drag_and_Drop&amp;diff=23391"/>
		<updated>2009-11-20T15:33:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:800px-Drag-and-drop-en.svg.png|200px|thumb|Dragging files to a folder]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|In computer graphical user interfaces, drag-and-drop is the action of (or support for the action of) clicking on a virtual object and dragging it to a different location or onto another virtual object. In general, it can be used to invoke many kinds of actions, or create various types of associations between two abstract objects. |[Wikipedia, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The first drag &amp;amp; drop implementation for Windows was a shareware program called Aporia by Jeffrey Greenberg in 1988 under Windows 2.0, and later commercialized as WinTools. This program elaborated the single icon on the Macintosh that supported drag &amp;amp; drop, the trash icon. In Aporia/WinTools all icons had functions that could be obtained by double clicking the left mouse button, by clicking on the right mouse button, or by dragging onto one of several functional icons, such as printing, copying, viewing, and other actions. If an icon was double-clicked on and ran a program, the icon changed to indicate that a program was running, and if it was then dragged to the trash, the program was exited. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Subsequently numerous other competitors provided drag &amp;amp; drop desktop replacements to the standard Windows interface including the Norton Desktop, Xerox, NewWave, and Central Point. In Windows 95, Microsoft prevented developers from taking over the desktop and released a drag &amp;amp; drop model of their own.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Technical Overview==&lt;br /&gt;
These actions will be executed at a drag and drop action:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*The drag transaction starts when the user presses and holds BTransfer (mouse button 2) over a source object. The initiator of the drag is the application that contains the object. The mouse pointer will be replaced by a special icon that indicates that the object is beeing dragged now.&lt;br /&gt;
*Now the user moves the mouse pointer. If the user drops the object, the mouse pointer will be replaced by the normal pointer again.&lt;br /&gt;
*The user drops the object by releasing the pressed button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The locations on the screen that allow dropping are called &amp;quot;drop sites&amp;quot;, the application that owns that drop site is called &amp;quot;destination&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;receiver&amp;quot;. Only those widgets on the screen who are registered as drop sites are possible areas on the screen where objects can be dropped. Usually, the receiver and the initiator application perform some action on the object that was dragged and dropped.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A drop can be between applications or within the same application. An application can be both source and destination of a drop, source only, destination only, or not participate in drag and drop at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can request help about a drop site, if available, by dragging to the drop site, and pressing KHelp (usually F1).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The user can cancel the drag at any time by pressing KCancel, usually Escape. [The Santa Cruz Operation, 1996] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Drag &amp;amp; Drop in Information Visualization==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Use in Common Applications ===&lt;br /&gt;
The most common uses of Drag and Drop are &lt;br /&gt;
*changing the point of view in visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example: &lt;br /&gt;
** An application where you can see an overview of a map: by draging on the map and moving around you change the view position. By releasing the button the new view on the data and in most cases completely different to the output before.&lt;br /&gt;
* order visualisation data&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For Example:&lt;br /&gt;
** Picture Application where you order the sequenz of a slide show&lt;br /&gt;
** When you are cleaning up your Desktop by draging folders around&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Command Post of the Future (CPOF)===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Cpof_rev2.jpg|150px|thumb|CPOF]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF) is a C2 software system that allows commanders to maintain topsight over the battlefield; collaborate with superiors, peers and subordinates over live data; and communicate their intent. |[Wikipedia, 2009]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the visual elements can be controlled and moved by drag and drop gestures. For example, the data elements of one chart can be moved to another information visualisation element, such as a table. It is also possible to group data elements via drag and drop maneuvres. &lt;br /&gt;
The primary mechanism of the use of drag and drop in CPOF is live visualization of data. For instance, moving an element on a map also changes its latitude and longitude parameters, or moving a task icon in a schedule changes also its time based data values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of editing gestures are conveyed in real-time to all observers and users of a visualization; when one user moves an event on a map, for example, that event-icon moves on all maps and shared views, such that all users see its new location immediately. Data inputs from warfighters are conveyed to all collaborators as the &amp;quot;natural&amp;quot; result of a drop-gesture in-situ, requiring no explicit publishing mechanism. [Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard01.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 1. US Map with City Names]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard03.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 2. Hyperbolic Tree]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard02.jpg|150px|thumb|Figure 3. LifeLines Medical Patient History]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Annotation of photos is a variation on previously explored problems such as annotation on maps in which the challenge is to place city, state, river, or lake labels close to the features.  There is a long history of work on this problem, but new possibilities emerge because of the dynamics of the computer screen (Figure 1). &lt;br /&gt;
However, annotation is usually seen as an authoring process conducted by specialists and users only chose whether to show or hide annotations. Variations on annotation also come from the placement of labels on markers in information visualization tasks such as in tree structures, such in the hyperbolic tree (Figure 2) or in medical histories, such as LifeLines (Figure 3).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Previous work on annotation focused on writing programs to make label placements that reduced overlaps, but there are many situations in which it is helpful for users to place labels manually, much like post-it notes, on documents, photos, maps, diagrams, webpages, etc.  Annotation of paper and electronic documents by hand is also a much-studied topic with continuing innovations. &lt;br /&gt;
While many systems allow notes to be placed on a document or object, the demands of annotating personal photo libraries are worthy of special study.  We believe that personal photo libraries are a special case because users are concentrating on the photos (and may have a low interested in the underlying technology), are concerned about the social aspects of sharing photos, and are intermittent users.  They seek enjoyment and have little patience for form filling or data entry. [Shneiderman and Kang, 2000]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Lookmark: A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Clipboard04.jpg|150px|thumb|Lookmark user interface screenshot]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quotation|Lookmarks are thumbnails of existing web pages that can be arranged within a 2.5-dimensional space, just like documents can be arranged on a normal desk. The Lookmark system offers the user the opportunity of taking individual web pages and structuring and managing them within a 2.5-dimensional space. In Lookmark both standard devices, mouse and keyboard, can be used.|[Breiteneder et al., 2002]}}&lt;br /&gt;
The user can only execute three different actions by mouse: single click, double click and drag-and-drop. Each action has a different impact, depending on which object received the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is possible to add or delete &#039;&#039;&#039;thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; to/from a selection by using a single mouse click, the name of the website that belongs to the thumbnail is shown in the status bar. Double clicking on a thumbnail opens the web site in a web browser. The user can change the horizontal and depth position of a thumbnail by using drag and drop.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Groups of thumbnails&#039;&#039;&#039; are handled like single thumbnails and can be moved simultaneously by dragging the group label.&lt;br /&gt;
* If a thumbnail of a &#039;&#039;&#039;selection&#039;&#039;&#039; is moved, then all the selected thumbnails will be moved. Selections can be disbanded by clicking somewhere in the manipulation panel.&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Drag-and-drop, 2009] Drag-and-drop, Wikipedia, Created at: November 5, 2009 (last change), Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag_and_drop&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996] The Santa Cruz Operation, 1994-1996. Motif Programmer&#039;s Guide. http://www.s-and-b.ru/syshlp/motif_guide/MotifProgGuide/TOC.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Wikipedia: Command Post of the Future, 2009] The United States Army&#039;s Command Post of the Future (CPOF), Wikipedia, Created at: July 6, 2009, Retrieved at: November 6, 2009, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Command_Post_of_the_Future&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[General Dynamics C4 System, 2007] General Dynamics C4 Systems, 2007, http://www.gdc4s.com/content/detail.cfm?item=2a58f8e2-ef2b-4bb1-9251-42ee4961dd7f&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Shneiderman and Kang, 2000] Ben Shneiderman and Hyunmo Kang, Dept. of Computer Science, Human-Computer Interaction Laboratory, Institute for Advanced Computer Studies &amp;amp; Institute for Systems Research University of Maryland. A Drag-and-Drop Strategy for Labeling Photos, Created at: April 29, 2000. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://hdl.handle.net/1903/1068&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[Breiteneder et al., 2002] Christian Breiteneder, Horst Eidenberger, Geert Fiedler and Markus Raab. Vienna University of Technology, Institute of Software Technology and Interactive Systems. A 2.5D Web Information Visualization System. Created at: July 24, 2002. Retrieved at: November 3, 2009. http://www.ims.tuwien.ac.at/media/documents/publications/eurasia2002.pdf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23390</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23390"/>
		<updated>2009-11-20T15:18:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is left and makes it difficult to compare the numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
* The order of the values that are compared (2007 and 2008) is confusing because the summary (change) is the wrong way around (6725 compared to 5993 is not an increase of 12%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[2004, Few] Stephen Few, Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten, Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 - Table Design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a ruler under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ruler is in a very light grey (black bold rulers seperates them)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is removed and put in the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is right, so numbers can be compared easliy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent use of thousands separators (comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are added, so the data is optically split into groups that belong together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2nd version ===&lt;br /&gt;
We have made a second version of the table, without switching rows and columns, because according to example 5 of http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html it is also allowed to put time based data into columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_v2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Compared to the first table, the rows and columns are in the same way as in the original table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data is split in two groups because it does not really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces seperate the summary rows from data rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are used to separate the different tables too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23389</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23389"/>
		<updated>2009-11-20T14:32:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is left and makes it difficult to compare the numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[2004, Few] Stephen Few, Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten, Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 - Table Design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a ruler under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ruler is in a very light grey (black bold rulers seperates them)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is removed and put in the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Text align is right, so numbers can be compared easliy.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent use of thousands separators (comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are added, so the data is optically split into groups that belong together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2nd version ===&lt;br /&gt;
We have made a second version of the table, without switching rows and columns, because according to example 5 of http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html it is also allowed to put time based data into columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_v2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Compared to the first table, the rows and columns are in the same way as in the original table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data is split in two groups because it does not really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces seperate the summary rows from data rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are used to separate the different tables too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23388</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23388"/>
		<updated>2009-11-20T14:31:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[2004, Few] Stephen Few, Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten, Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 - Table Design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a ruler under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ruler is in a very light grey (black bold rulers seperates them)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is removed and put in the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent use of thousands separators (comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are added, so the data is optically split into groups that belong together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2nd version ===&lt;br /&gt;
We have made a second version of the table, without switching rows and columns, because according to example 5 of http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html it is also allowed to put time based data into columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_v2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Compared to the first table, the rows and columns are in the same way as in the original table.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data is split in two groups because it does not really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces seperate the summary rows from data rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are used to separate the different tables too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23387</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23387"/>
		<updated>2009-11-20T14:28:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[2004, Few] Stephen Few, Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten, Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 - Table Design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a ruler under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ruler is in a very light grey (black bold rulers seperates them)&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is removed and put in the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent use of thousands separators (comma).&lt;br /&gt;
* Whitespaces are added, so the data is optically split into groups that belong together&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2nd version ===&lt;br /&gt;
We have made a second version of the table, without switching rows and columns, because according to example 5 of http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html it is also allowed to put time based data into columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_v2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23386</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23386"/>
		<updated>2009-11-20T14:23:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[2004, Few] Stephen Few, Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten, Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 - Table Design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2nd version ===&lt;br /&gt;
We have made a second version of the table, without switching rows and columns, because according to example 5 of http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html it is also allowed to put time based data into columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_v2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a rule under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23385</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23385"/>
		<updated>2009-11-20T14:23:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[2004, Few] Stephen Few, Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten, Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 - Table Design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2nd version ===&lt;br /&gt;
We have made a second version of the table, without switching rows and columns, because according to example 5 of http://www.ncsu.edu/labwrite/res/gh/gh-tables.html it is also allowed to put time based data into columns.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_v2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a rule under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23361</id>
		<title>Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06 - Aufgabe 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://infovis-wiki.net/w/index.php?title=Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10_-_Gruppe_06_-_Aufgabe_2&amp;diff=23361"/>
		<updated>2009-11-19T17:14:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;UE-InfoVis0910 0625941: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Aufgabenstellung ==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/infovis_ue_aufgabe2.html Beschreibung der Aufgabe 2]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Zu beurteilende Tabelle ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:statistics308.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Critique about the table ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid encloses the entire table. This should be avoided, because it breaks up the data. (Use white spaces or rules under the header and over the footer instead) (Page 136).&lt;br /&gt;
* Time based data should be arranged in columns from left to right rather than in rows from top to bottom  (Page 142).&lt;br /&gt;
* Groups and Breaks: All the content is put in one table. Split the table instead in all the data groups that belong together (Page 143).&lt;br /&gt;
* No whitespacing between different groups of the table (Page 144).&lt;br /&gt;
* Headers are not repeated over the different group sections (Page 144). &lt;br /&gt;
* Text align of numbers should not be aligned to the left side (Page 147).&lt;br /&gt;
*Number format is not consistent: Column &amp;quot;Median Price&amp;quot; uses two different formats (Sold in March 2007 vs. Sold in March 2008: Thousand sepatator is once a point and once a comma). Column 1 (&amp;quot;Units&amp;quot;) doesn&#039;t use any separators at all (Page 149).&lt;br /&gt;
* $ sign is not necessary in every cell.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns are to small, so the data is split in two rows.&lt;br /&gt;
* difficult formulations: 1/1/08 - 3/31/08 instead of 1st Quartal 2008&lt;br /&gt;
* % values don&#039;t have the same number of positions after decimal point.&lt;br /&gt;
* The change rows shouldn&#039;t be in the same columns because they do not even have the same measurement than the other columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Different meanings in the same column. For example 4 different Meanings of &#039;Units&#039;: &lt;br /&gt;
**Units on the market&lt;br /&gt;
**Units sold in one period&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units on the market between to periods&lt;br /&gt;
**Change of Units sold between two periods&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;Average Day on the market&#039; is illogical in context of a defined period&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[2004, Few] Stephen Few, Show Me the Numbers: Designing Tables and Graphs to Enlighten, Analytics Press, 2004, Chapter 8 - Table Design.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===New Table ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_2_group_6.png|950px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 2nd version ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Table_group_6_v2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Explanation of the changes===&lt;br /&gt;
* Table is split into two different tables because the data doesn&#039;t really belong together.&lt;br /&gt;
* The grid is removed, just a rule under the header is kept to make a difference between the data and the header.&lt;br /&gt;
* Simpler formulation (Quartal instead of 1/1 - 3/31), so that the meaning of the column is seen at first sight.&lt;br /&gt;
* Columns and Rows are switched because time based data should be put in columns.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consistent form of percentage values (1 digit after the comma).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teaching:TUW_-_UE_InfoVis_WS_2009/10|InfoVis:Wiki UE Homepage]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://ieg.ifs.tuwien.ac.at/~gschwand/teaching/infovis_ue_ws09/ UE InfoVis]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Teaching:TUW - UE InfoVis WS 2009/10 - Gruppe 06|Gruppe 06]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>UE-InfoVis0910 0625941</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>